varobj/Ada: Missing children for interface-wide tagged types
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include <string.h>
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
90 EX_EVENT_CATCH
91 };
92
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
106 void *),
107 void *);
108
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
117 enum bptype, char *,
118 char **);
119
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
234
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
236
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
238 CORE_ADDR pc);
239
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
243
244 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
247
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
249
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
251
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
253
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
255
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
257
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
263
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
265
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
267
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
269
270 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
271
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
273 otherwise. */
274
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
276
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
278 from. */
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
280
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
291
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
294
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
296 breakpoints. */
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
298
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
311
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
316 dprintf_style_gdb,
317 dprintf_style_call,
318 dprintf_style_agent,
319 NULL
320 };
321 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
322
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
327
328 static char *dprintf_function = "";
329
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
337
338 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
339
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
341 has disconnected. */
342 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
343
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
347 {
348 /* The reference count. */
349 int refc;
350
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line *commands;
353 };
354
355 struct command_line *
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
357 {
358 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
359 }
360
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
363
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
365
366 const char *
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
368 {
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
371 a breakpoint. */
372 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
373
374 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
375 }
376
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
381
382 static void
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
384 struct cmd_list_element *c,
385 const char *value)
386 {
387 fprintf_filtered (file,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
390 value);
391 }
392
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
398 static void
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
400 struct cmd_list_element *c,
401 const char *value)
402 {
403 fprintf_filtered (file,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
406 value);
407 }
408
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
414 static void
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
416 struct cmd_list_element *c,
417 const char *value)
418 {
419 fprintf_filtered (file,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
421 value);
422 }
423
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
429
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
431
432 static void
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
435 {
436 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
440 value,
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
442 else
443 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
444 value);
445 }
446
447 int
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
449 {
450 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
452 }
453
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
455
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto,
462 condition_evaluation_host,
463 condition_evaluation_target,
464 NULL
465 };
466
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
469
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
473
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
477 evaluation mode. */
478
479 static const char *
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
481 {
482 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
483 {
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target;
486 else
487 return condition_evaluation_host;
488 }
489 else
490 return mode;
491 }
492
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
494
495 static const char *
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
497 {
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
499 }
500
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
502 otherwise. */
503
504 static int
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
506 {
507 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
508
509 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
510 }
511
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
513
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
516
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled;
519
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
522
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
526
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
528
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
532 B = TMP)
533
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
537
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
541 BP_TMP++)
542
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
548
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
552 BP_LOCP_START \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
555 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
556
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
558
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
562
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
564
565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
566
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
568
569 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
570
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
572
573 static unsigned bp_location_count;
574
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
580
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
582
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
588
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
590
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
593 by a target. */
594 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
595
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
597
598 static int breakpoint_count;
599
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
605
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
607
608 static int tracepoint_count;
609
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
612 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
613
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
615 static int
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
617 {
618 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
619 }
620
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
622
623 static void
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
625 {
626 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
627 breakpoint_count = num;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
629 }
630
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
634
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
636 breakpoint made. */
637
638 void
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
640 {
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
642 }
643
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
645 breakpoint made. */
646
647 void
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
649 {
650 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
651 }
652
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
654
655 void
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
657 {
658 struct breakpoint *b;
659
660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
661 b->hit_count = 0;
662 }
663
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
666
667 static struct counted_command_line *
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
669 {
670 struct counted_command_line *result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
672
673 result->refc = 1;
674 result->commands = commands;
675 return result;
676 }
677
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
679
680 static void
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
682 {
683 if (cmd)
684 ++cmd->refc;
685 }
686
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
690
691 static void
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
693 {
694 if (*cmdp)
695 {
696 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
697 {
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
699 xfree (*cmdp);
700 }
701 *cmdp = NULL;
702 }
703 }
704
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
706
707 static void
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
709 {
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
711 }
712
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
714 argument. */
715
716 static struct cleanup *
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
718 {
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
720 }
721
722 \f
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
725
726 struct breakpoint *
727 get_breakpoint (int num)
728 {
729 struct breakpoint *b;
730
731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
732 if (b->number == num)
733 return b;
734
735 return NULL;
736 }
737
738 \f
739
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
742
743 static void
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
745 {
746 struct bp_location *loc;
747
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
751 side. */
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
754 return;
755
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
757 return;
758
759 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
760 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
761 }
762
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
765
766 static void
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
768 {
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
772 side. */
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
775
776 return;
777
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
779 return;
780
781 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
782 }
783
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
786
787 static void
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
789 struct cmd_list_element *c)
790 {
791 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
792
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
795 {
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
799 return;
800 }
801
802 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
803 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
804
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
808
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode != old_mode)
811 {
812 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
815
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
818 */
819
820 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
821 {
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
823 target. */
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
826 }
827 else
828 {
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
834 loc->needs_update = 1;
835 }
836
837 /* Do the update. */
838 update_global_location_list (1);
839 }
840
841 return;
842 }
843
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
846
847 static void
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
850 {
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
852 fprintf_filtered (file,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
855 value,
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
857 else
858 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
859 value);
860 }
861
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
865
866 static int
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
868 {
869 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
870 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
871
872 if (a->address == b->address)
873 return 0;
874 else
875 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
876 }
877
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
881 return NULL. */
882
883 static struct bp_location **
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
885 {
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
889
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
892 dummy_loc.address = address;
893
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs);
898
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found == NULL)
901 return NULL;
902
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
907 locp_found--;
908
909 return locp_found;
910 }
911
912 void
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
914 int from_tty)
915 {
916 xfree (b->cond_string);
917 b->cond_string = NULL;
918
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
920 {
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
922
923 xfree (w->cond_exp);
924 w->cond_exp = NULL;
925 }
926 else
927 {
928 struct bp_location *loc;
929
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
931 {
932 xfree (loc->cond);
933 loc->cond = NULL;
934
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
938 }
939 }
940
941 if (*exp == 0)
942 {
943 if (from_tty)
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
945 }
946 else
947 {
948 const char *arg = exp;
949
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
953 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
954
955 if (is_watchpoint (b))
956 {
957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
958
959 innermost_block = NULL;
960 arg = exp;
961 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
962 if (*arg)
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
965 }
966 else
967 {
968 struct bp_location *loc;
969
970 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
971 {
972 arg = exp;
973 loc->cond =
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
975 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
976 if (*arg)
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
978 }
979 }
980 }
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
982
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 }
985
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
987
988 static VEC (char_ptr) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
990 const char *text, const char *word)
991 {
992 const char *space;
993
994 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
995 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
996 if (*space == '\0')
997 {
998 int len;
999 struct breakpoint *b;
1000 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1001
1002 if (text[0] == '$')
1003 {
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1006 return NULL;
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1008 }
1009
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len = strlen (text);
1012
1013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1014 {
1015 char number[50];
1016
1017 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1018
1019 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1021 }
1022
1023 return result;
1024 }
1025
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1029 }
1030
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1032
1033 static void
1034 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1035 {
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 char *p;
1038 int bnum;
1039
1040 if (arg == 0)
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1042
1043 p = arg;
1044 bnum = get_number (&p);
1045 if (bnum == 0)
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1047
1048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1049 if (b->number == bnum)
1050 {
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1055 if (b->py_bp_object
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1060
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1063
1064 return;
1065 }
1066
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1068 }
1069
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1073
1074 static void
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1076 {
1077 struct command_line *c;
1078
1079 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1080 {
1081 int i;
1082
1083 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1086
1087 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1089
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1095
1096 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1098 }
1099 }
1100
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1102
1103 static int
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1105 {
1106 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1107 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1109 }
1110
1111 int
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1113 {
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1115 }
1116
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1119 found. */
1120
1121 static void
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1123 struct command_line *commands)
1124 {
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1126 {
1127 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1128 struct command_line *c;
1129 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1130
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1133 ones might not. */
1134 t->step_count = 0;
1135
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1147 {
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1149 {
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1156
1157 if (while_stepping)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1160 else
1161 while_stepping = c;
1162 }
1163
1164 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1165 }
1166 if (while_stepping)
1167 {
1168 struct command_line *c2;
1169
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1171 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1172 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1173 {
1174 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1176 }
1177 }
1178 }
1179 else
1180 {
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1182 }
1183 }
1184
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1187
1188 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1190 {
1191 struct breakpoint *b;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1193 struct bp_location *loc;
1194
1195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1196 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1197 {
1198 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1199 if (loc->address == addr)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1201 }
1202
1203 return found;
1204 }
1205
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1208
1209 void
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1211 struct command_line *commands)
1212 {
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1214
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1216 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1218 }
1219
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1222 commands. */
1223
1224 void
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1226 {
1227 int old_silent = b->silent;
1228
1229 b->silent = silent;
1230 if (old_silent != silent)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1232 }
1233
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1236
1237 void
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1239 {
1240 int old_thread = b->thread;
1241
1242 b->thread = thread;
1243 if (old_thread != thread)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1249
1250 void
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1252 {
1253 int old_task = b->task;
1254
1255 b->task = task;
1256 if (old_task != task)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1258 }
1259
1260 void
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1262 {
1263 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1264
1265 validate_actionline (line, b);
1266 }
1267
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1270
1271 struct commands_info
1272 {
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1274 int from_tty;
1275
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1277 char *arg;
1278
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line *control;
1282
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1284 yet been read. */
1285 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1286 };
1287
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1290
1291 static void
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1293 {
1294 struct commands_info *info = data;
1295
1296 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1297 {
1298 struct command_line *l;
1299
1300 if (info->control != NULL)
1301 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1302 else
1303 {
1304 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1305 char *str;
1306
1307 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1309 info->arg);
1310
1311 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1312
1313 l = read_command_lines (str,
1314 info->from_tty, 1,
1315 (is_tracepoint (b)
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1317 b);
1318
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1320 }
1321
1322 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1323 }
1324
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1326 do anything. */
1327 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1328 {
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1332 b->commands = info->cmd;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 static void
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1340 {
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1343
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1346 info.cmd = NULL;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1350
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1352 {
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1355 breakpoint_count);
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1358 else
1359 {
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1363 arg = NULL;
1364 }
1365 }
1366 else
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1368 our argument. */
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1370
1371 if (arg != NULL)
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1373
1374 info.arg = arg;
1375
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1377
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1380
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1382 }
1383
1384 static void
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1386 {
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1388 }
1389
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1392
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1397 {
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1400 }
1401
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1403
1404 static int
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1406 {
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1408 return 0;
1409 if (!bl->inserted)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1413 return 0;
1414 return 1;
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1419
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1423
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1432 and:
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1434
1435 void
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1439 {
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1441 search. */
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1443
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1447
1448 bc_l = 0;
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1451 {
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1453
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1456
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1461
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1465
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1467 >= bl->address)
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 <= memaddr))
1470 bc_l = bc;
1471 else
1472 bc_r = bc;
1473 }
1474
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1480 B:
1481
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1483
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1487 and L2. */
1488 while (bc_l > 0
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1490 bc_l--;
1491
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1493
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1495 {
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1498 int bp_size = 0;
1499 int bptoffset = 0;
1500
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1504 bl->owner->number);
1505
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1507 content. */
1508
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1512 break;
1513
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1515 continue;
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1518 continue;
1519
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1521 we need to copy. */
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1524
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1527 are reading. */
1528 continue;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1537 {
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bp_addr = memaddr;
1542 }
1543
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1545 {
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1548 }
1549
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1551 {
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1557
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1559 shadow. */
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1562 }
1563 else
1564 {
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1569
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1573
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1575 address. */
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1577
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 }
1582 }
1583 }
1584 \f
1585
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1587 breakpoint. */
1588
1589 int
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1591 {
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1598
1599 static int
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1608 software. */
1609
1610 int
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1612 {
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1625
1626 static int
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1628 {
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1633 }
1634
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1637
1638 static void
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1640 {
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1642
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1644 {
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1650 }
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1658 in b->loc->cond.
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1660
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1663 it.
1664
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1673
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1682 not changed.
1683
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1686
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1689
1690 [linux]
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1702
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1705
1706 static void
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1708 {
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1711 int frame_saved;
1712
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1717 return;
1718
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1720 return;
1721
1722 frame_saved = 0;
1723
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1727 else
1728 {
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1732
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1737 return;
1738
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1743 selected frame. */
1744 frame_saved = 1;
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1746
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1750 select_frame (fi);
1751 }
1752
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1756 b->base.loc = NULL;
1757
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1759 {
1760 const char *s;
1761
1762 if (b->exp)
1763 {
1764 xfree (b->exp);
1765 b->exp = NULL;
1766 }
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1781 {
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1783 {
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1785 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1786 }
1787
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1790 }
1791 }
1792
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if (!target_has_execution)
1799 {
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1804 {
1805 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1806 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1807 else
1808 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1809 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1810 }
1811 }
1812 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1813 {
1814 int pc = 0;
1815 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1816 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1817
1818 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1819
1820 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1821 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1822 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1823 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1824 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1825 watchpoints. */
1826 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1827 {
1828 b->val = v;
1829 b->val_valid = 1;
1830 }
1831
1832 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1833
1834 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1835 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1836 {
1837 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1838 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1839 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1840 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1841 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1842 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1843 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1844 {
1845 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1846
1847 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1848 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1849 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1850 if (v == result
1851 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1852 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1853 {
1854 CORE_ADDR addr;
1855 int type;
1856 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1857
1858 addr = value_address (v);
1859 type = hw_write;
1860 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1861 type = hw_read;
1862 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1863 type = hw_access;
1864
1865 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1866 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1867 ;
1868 *tmp = loc;
1869 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1870
1871 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1872 loc->address = addr;
1873 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1874 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1875 }
1876 }
1877 }
1878
1879 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1880 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1881 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1882 is started. */
1883 if (reparse)
1884 {
1885 int reg_cnt;
1886 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1887 struct bp_location *bl;
1888
1889 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1890
1891 if (reg_cnt)
1892 {
1893 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1894 enum bptype type;
1895
1896 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1897 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1898 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1899
1900 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1901 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1902 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1903 this watchpoint in as well. */
1904
1905 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1906 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1907 hardware watchpoint type. */
1908 type = b->base.type;
1909 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1910 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1911
1912 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1913 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1914 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1915 through watch_command), so always account for it
1916 manually. */
1917
1918 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1919 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1920
1921 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1922 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1923
1924 target_resources_ok
1925 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1926 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1927 {
1928 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1929
1930 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1931 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1932 "hardware watchpoint."));
1933 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1934 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1935 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1936
1937 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1938 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1939 }
1940 else
1941 {
1942 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1943 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1944 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1945 nop. */
1946 b->base.type = type;
1947 }
1948 }
1949 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1950 {
1951 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1952 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1953 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1954 else
1955 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1956 "read/access watchpoint."));
1957 }
1958 else
1959 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1960
1961 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1963 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1964 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1965 }
1966
1967 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1968 {
1969 next = value_next (v);
1970 if (v != b->val)
1971 value_free (v);
1972 }
1973
1974 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1975 above left it without any location set up. But,
1976 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1977 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1978 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1979 {
1980 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1981 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1982 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1983 base->loc->address = -1;
1984 base->loc->length = -1;
1985 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1986 }
1987 }
1988 else if (!within_current_scope)
1989 {
1990 printf_filtered (_("\
1991 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1992 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1993 b->base.number);
1994 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1995 }
1996
1997 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1998 if (frame_saved)
1999 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2000 }
2001
2002
2003 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2004 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2005 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2006 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2007 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2008 static int
2009 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2010 {
2011 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2012 return 0;
2013
2014 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2015 return 0;
2016
2017 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2018 return 0;
2019
2020 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2021 return 0;
2022
2023 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2024 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2025 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2026 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2027 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2028 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2029 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2030 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2031 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2032 return 0;
2033
2034 return 1;
2035 }
2036
2037 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2038 that the location is not duplicated. */
2039
2040 static int
2041 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2042 {
2043 int result;
2044 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2045
2046 bl->duplicate = 0;
2047 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2048 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2049 return result;
2050 }
2051
2052 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2053 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2054 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2055 any error during parsing. */
2056
2057 static struct agent_expr *
2058 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2059 {
2060 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2061 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2062
2063 if (!cond)
2064 return NULL;
2065
2066 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2067 that may show up. */
2068 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2069 {
2070 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2071 }
2072
2073 if (ex.reason < 0)
2074 {
2075 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2076 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2077 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2078 return NULL;
2079 }
2080
2081 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2082 return aexpr;
2083 }
2084
2085 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2086 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2087 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2088 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2089 one of them is true. */
2090
2091 static void
2092 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2093 {
2094 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2095 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2096 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2097 struct bp_location *loc;
2098
2099 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2100 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2101
2102 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2103 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2104 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2105 side. */
2106 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2107 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2108 return;
2109
2110 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2111 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2112 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2113 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2114 response back to GDB. */
2115 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2116 {
2117 loc = (*loc2p);
2118 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2119 {
2120 if (modified)
2121 {
2122 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2123
2124 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2125 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2126 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2127 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2128 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2129 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2130
2131 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2132 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2133 to the target. */
2134 if (aexpr)
2135 continue;
2136 }
2137
2138 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2139 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2140 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2141 {
2142 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2143 break;
2144 }
2145 }
2146 }
2147
2148 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2149 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2150 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2151
2152 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2153 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2154 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2155 {
2156 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2157 {
2158 loc = (*loc2p);
2159 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2160 {
2161 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2162 located. */
2163 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2164 return;
2165
2166 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2167 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 }
2171
2172 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2173 for this location's address. */
2174 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2175 {
2176 loc = (*loc2p);
2177 if (loc->cond
2178 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2179 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2180 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2181 && loc->enabled)
2182 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2183 conditions to the target. */
2184 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2185 loc->cond_bytecode);
2186 }
2187
2188 return;
2189 }
2190
2191 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2192 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2193 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2194
2195 static struct agent_expr *
2196 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2197 {
2198 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2199 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2200 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2201 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2202 const char *cmdrest;
2203 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2204 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2205 int nargs;
2206 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2207
2208 if (!cmd)
2209 return NULL;
2210
2211 cmdrest = cmd;
2212
2213 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2214 ++cmdrest;
2215 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2216
2217 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2218 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2219
2220 format_start = cmdrest;
2221
2222 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2223
2224 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2225
2226 format_end = cmdrest;
2227
2228 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2229 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2230
2231 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2232
2233 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2234 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2235
2236 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2237 cmdrest++;
2238 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2239
2240 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2241
2242 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2243 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2244
2245 nargs = 0;
2246 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2247 {
2248 const char *cmd1;
2249
2250 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2251 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2252 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2253 cmdrest = cmd1;
2254 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2255 ++cmdrest;
2256 }
2257
2258 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2259 that may show up. */
2260 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2261 {
2262 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2263 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2264 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2265 }
2266
2267 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2268
2269 if (ex.reason < 0)
2270 {
2271 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2272 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2273 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2274 return NULL;
2275 }
2276
2277 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2278 return aexpr;
2279 }
2280
2281 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2282 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2283 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2284
2285 static void
2286 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2287 {
2288 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2289 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2290 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2291 struct bp_location *loc;
2292
2293 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2294 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2295
2296 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2297 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2298 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2299 return;
2300
2301 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2302 return;
2303
2304 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2305 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2306 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2307 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2308 response back to GDB. */
2309 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2310 {
2311 loc = (*loc2p);
2312 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2313 {
2314 if (modified)
2315 {
2316 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2317
2318 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2319 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2320 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2321 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2322 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2323 loc->owner->extra_string);
2324 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2325
2326 if (!aexpr)
2327 continue;
2328 }
2329
2330 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2331 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2332 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2333 {
2334 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2335 break;
2336 }
2337 }
2338 }
2339
2340 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2341 and so clean up. */
2342 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2343 {
2344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2345 {
2346 loc = (*loc2p);
2347 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2348 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2349 {
2350 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2351 located. */
2352 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2353 return;
2354
2355 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2356 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2357 }
2358 }
2359 }
2360
2361 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2362 for this location's address. */
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2364 {
2365 loc = (*loc2p);
2366 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2367 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2368 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2369 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2370 && loc->enabled)
2371 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2372 to send the commands to the target. */
2373 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2374 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2375 }
2376
2377 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2378 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2379 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2380 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2381 }
2382
2383 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2384 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2385 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2386 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2387 -1 for failure.
2388
2389 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2390 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2391 static int
2392 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2393 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2394 int *disabled_breaks,
2395 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2396 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2397 {
2398 int val = 0;
2399 const char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2400 struct gdb_exception e;
2401
2402 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2403 return 0;
2404
2405 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2406 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2407 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2408 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2409 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2410 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2411 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2412 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2413 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2414 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2415 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2416 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2417
2418 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2419 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2420 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2421 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2422
2423 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2424 {
2425 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2426 build_target_command_list (bl);
2427 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2428 bl->needs_update = 0;
2429 }
2430
2431 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2432 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2433 {
2434 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2435 {
2436 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2437 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2438 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2439
2440 Two important cases are:
2441 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2442 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2443 hardware breakpoint.
2444 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2445 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2446 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2447 so we undo.
2448
2449 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2450 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2451 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2452 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2453 gdb. */
2454 struct mem_region *mr
2455 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2456
2457 if (mr)
2458 {
2459 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2460 {
2461 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2462
2463 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2464 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2465 else
2466 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2467
2468 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2469 {
2470 static int said = 0;
2471
2472 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2473 if (!said)
2474 {
2475 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2476 _("Note: automatically using "
2477 "hardware breakpoints for "
2478 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2479 said = 1;
2480 }
2481 }
2482 }
2483 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2484 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2485 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2486 "at readonly address %s"),
2487 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2488 }
2489 }
2490
2491 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2492 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2493 || bl->section == NULL
2494 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2495 {
2496 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2497 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2498 {
2499 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2500 }
2501 if (e.reason < 0)
2502 {
2503 val = 1;
2504 hw_bp_err_string = e.message;
2505 }
2506 }
2507 else
2508 {
2509 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2510 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2511 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2512 {
2513 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2514 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2515 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2516 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2517 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2518 bl->owner->number);
2519 else
2520 {
2521 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2522 bl->section);
2523 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2524 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2525 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2526 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2527 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2528 if (val != 0)
2529 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2530 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2531 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2532 bl->owner->number);
2533 }
2534 }
2535 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2536 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2537 {
2538 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2539 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2540 {
2541 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2542 }
2543 if (e.reason < 0)
2544 {
2545 val = 1;
2546 hw_bp_err_string = e.message;
2547 }
2548 }
2549 else
2550 {
2551 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2552 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2553 return 0;
2554 }
2555 }
2556
2557 if (val)
2558 {
2559 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2560 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2561 {
2562 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2563 val = 0;
2564 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2565 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2566 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2567 {
2568 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2569 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2570 bl->owner->number);
2571 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2572 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2573 "library breakpoints:\n");
2574 }
2575 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2577 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2578 }
2579 else
2580 {
2581 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2582 {
2583 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2584 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2586 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2587 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2588 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2589 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2590 }
2591 else
2592 {
2593 char *message = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2594 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2595 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2596
2597 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2598 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2599 "%s\n",
2600 bl->owner->number, message);
2601
2602 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2603 }
2604
2605 }
2606 }
2607 else
2608 bl->inserted = 1;
2609
2610 return val;
2611 }
2612
2613 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2614 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2615 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2616 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2617 {
2618 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2619 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2620
2621 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2622
2623 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2624 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2625 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2626 {
2627 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2628
2629 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2630 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2631 of this one. */
2632 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2633 if (loc != bl
2634 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2635 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2636 {
2637 bl->duplicate = 1;
2638 bl->inserted = 1;
2639 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2640 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2641 val = 0;
2642 break;
2643 }
2644
2645 if (val == 1)
2646 {
2647 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2648 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2649
2650 if (val)
2651 /* Back to the original value. */
2652 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2653 }
2654 }
2655
2656 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2657 }
2658
2659 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2660 {
2661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2662 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2663
2664 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2665 if (val)
2666 {
2667 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2668
2669 if (val == 1)
2670 warning (_("\
2671 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2672 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2673 else
2674 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2675 }
2676
2677 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2678
2679 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2680 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2681 so just return success. */
2682 return 0;
2683 }
2684
2685 return 0;
2686 }
2687
2688 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2689 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2690 PSPACE anymore. */
2691
2692 void
2693 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2694 {
2695 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2696 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2697
2698 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2699 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2700 {
2701 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2702 delete_breakpoint (b);
2703 }
2704
2705 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2706 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2707 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2708 {
2709 struct bp_location *tmp;
2710
2711 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2712 {
2713 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2714 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2715 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2716 else
2717 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2718 if (tmp->next == loc)
2719 {
2720 tmp->next = loc->next;
2721 break;
2722 }
2723 }
2724 }
2725
2726 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2727 removed locations above. */
2728 update_global_location_list (0);
2729 }
2730
2731 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2732 Throws exception on any error.
2733 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2734 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2735 void
2736 insert_breakpoints (void)
2737 {
2738 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2739
2740 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2741 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2742 {
2743 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2744
2745 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2746 }
2747
2748 update_global_location_list (1);
2749
2750 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2751 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2752 now. */
2753 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2754 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2755 }
2756
2757 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2758
2759 void
2760 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2761 {
2762 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2763
2764 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2765 {
2766 callback (loc, NULL);
2767 }
2768 }
2769
2770 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2771 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2772 always-inserted mode. */
2773
2774 static void
2775 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2776 {
2777 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2778 int error_flag = 0;
2779 int val = 0;
2780 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2781 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2782 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2783
2784 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2785 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2786
2787 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2788 there was an error. */
2789 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2790
2791 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2792
2793 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2794 {
2795 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2796 breakpoints. */
2797 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2798 continue;
2799
2800 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2801 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2802 deletion of breakpoints. */
2803 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2804 continue;
2805
2806 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2807
2808 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2809 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2810 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2811 insert breakpoints. */
2812 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2813 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2814 continue;
2815
2816 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2817 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2818 if (val)
2819 error_flag = val;
2820 }
2821
2822 if (error_flag)
2823 {
2824 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2825 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2826 }
2827
2828 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2829 }
2830
2831 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2832
2833 static void
2834 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2835 {
2836 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2838 int error_flag = 0;
2839 int val = 0;
2840 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2841 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2842 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2843
2844 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2845 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2846
2847 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2848 there was an error. */
2849 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2850
2851 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2852
2853 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2854 {
2855 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2856 continue;
2857
2858 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2859 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2860 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2861 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2862 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2863 continue;
2864
2865 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2866
2867 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2868 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2869 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2870 insert breakpoints. */
2871 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2872 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2873 continue;
2874
2875 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2876 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2877 if (val)
2878 error_flag = val;
2879 }
2880
2881 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2882 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2883 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2884 {
2885 int some_failed = 0;
2886 struct bp_location *loc;
2887
2888 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2889 continue;
2890
2891 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2892 continue;
2893
2894 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2895 continue;
2896
2897 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2898 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2899 {
2900 some_failed = 1;
2901 break;
2902 }
2903 if (some_failed)
2904 {
2905 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2906 if (loc->inserted)
2907 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2908
2909 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2910 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2911 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2912 bpt->number);
2913 error_flag = -1;
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 if (error_flag)
2918 {
2919 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2920 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2921 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2922 {
2923 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2924 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2925 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2926 }
2927 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2928 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2929 }
2930
2931 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2932 }
2933
2934 /* Used when the program stops.
2935 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2936 removing a breakpoint location. */
2937
2938 int
2939 remove_breakpoints (void)
2940 {
2941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2942 int val = 0;
2943
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2945 {
2946 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2947 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2948 }
2949 return val;
2950 }
2951
2952 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
2953 that thread. */
2954
2955 static void
2956 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
2957 {
2958 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2959
2960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2961 {
2962 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
2963 {
2964 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2965
2966 printf_filtered (_("\
2967 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
2968 b->number, tp->num);
2969
2970 /* Hide it from the user. */
2971 b->number = 0;
2972 }
2973 }
2974 }
2975
2976 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2977
2978 int
2979 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2980 {
2981 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2982 int val;
2983 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2984
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2986 {
2987 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2988 continue;
2989
2990 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2991 continue;
2992
2993 if (bl->inserted)
2994 {
2995 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2996 if (val != 0)
2997 return val;
2998 }
2999 }
3000 return 0;
3001 }
3002
3003 int
3004 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3005 {
3006 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3007 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3008 int val;
3009 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3010 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3011 struct inferior *inf;
3012 struct thread_info *tp;
3013
3014 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3015 if (tp == NULL)
3016 return 1;
3017
3018 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3019 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3020
3021 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3022
3023 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3024 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3025
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3027 {
3028 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3029 continue;
3030
3031 if (bl->inserted)
3032 {
3033 bl->inserted = 0;
3034 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3035 if (val != 0)
3036 {
3037 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3038 return val;
3039 }
3040 }
3041 }
3042 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3043 return 0;
3044 }
3045
3046 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3047
3048 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3049 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3050 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3051 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3052 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3053 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3054 static void
3055 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3056 {
3057 if (internal)
3058 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3059 else
3060 {
3061 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3062 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3063 }
3064 }
3065
3066 static struct breakpoint *
3067 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3068 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3069 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3070 {
3071 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3072 struct breakpoint *b;
3073
3074 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3075
3076 sal.pc = address;
3077 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3078 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3079
3080 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3081 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3082 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3083
3084 return b;
3085 }
3086
3087 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3088 {
3089 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3090 };
3091 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3092
3093 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3094 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3095 {
3096 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3097 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3098
3099 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3100 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3101
3102 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3103 int longjmp_searched;
3104
3105 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3106 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3107
3108 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3109 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3110
3111 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3112 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3113
3114 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3115 int exception_searched;
3116
3117 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3118 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3119 };
3120
3121 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3122
3123 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3124 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3125
3126 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3127
3128 static int
3129 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3130 {
3131 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3132 }
3133
3134 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3135 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3136
3137 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3138 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3139 {
3140 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3141
3142 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3143 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3144 {
3145 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3146 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3147
3148 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3149 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3150 }
3151 return bp_objfile_data;
3152 }
3153
3154 static void
3155 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3156 {
3157 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3158
3159 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3160 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3161 }
3162
3163 static void
3164 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3165 {
3166 struct objfile *objfile;
3167 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3168
3169 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3170 {
3171 struct breakpoint *b;
3172 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3173 CORE_ADDR addr;
3174
3175 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3176
3177 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3178 continue;
3179
3180 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3181 {
3182 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3183
3184 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3185 if (m == NULL)
3186 {
3187 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3188 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3189 continue;
3190 }
3191 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3192 }
3193
3194 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3195 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3196 bp_overlay_event,
3197 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3198 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3199
3200 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3201 {
3202 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3203 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3204 }
3205 else
3206 {
3207 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3208 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3209 }
3210 }
3211 update_global_location_list (1);
3212 }
3213
3214 static void
3215 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3216 {
3217 struct program_space *pspace;
3218 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3219
3220 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3221
3222 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3223 {
3224 struct objfile *objfile;
3225
3226 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3227
3228 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3229 {
3230 int i;
3231 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3232 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3233
3234 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3235
3236 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3237
3238 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3239 {
3240 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3241
3242 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3243 if (ret != NULL)
3244 {
3245 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3246 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3247
3248 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3249 {
3250 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3251 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3252 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3253 ret = NULL;
3254 }
3255 }
3256 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3257 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3258 }
3259
3260 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3261 {
3262 int i;
3263 struct probe *probe;
3264 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3265
3266 for (i = 0;
3267 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3268 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3269 i, probe);
3270 ++i)
3271 {
3272 struct breakpoint *b;
3273
3274 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3275 bp_longjmp_master,
3276 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3277 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3278 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3279 }
3280
3281 continue;
3282 }
3283
3284 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3285 continue;
3286
3287 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3288 {
3289 struct breakpoint *b;
3290 const char *func_name;
3291 CORE_ADDR addr;
3292
3293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3294 continue;
3295
3296 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3297 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3298 {
3299 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3300
3301 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3302 if (m == NULL)
3303 {
3304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3305 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3306 continue;
3307 }
3308 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3309 }
3310
3311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 }
3317 }
3318 }
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3320
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3322 }
3323
3324 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3325 static void
3326 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 {
3328 struct program_space *pspace;
3329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3330 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3331
3332 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3333
3334 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3335 {
3336 struct objfile *objfile;
3337 CORE_ADDR addr;
3338
3339 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3340
3341 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3342 {
3343 struct breakpoint *b;
3344 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3345
3346 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3347
3348 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3349 continue;
3350
3351 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3352 {
3353 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3354
3355 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3356 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3357 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3358 {
3359 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3360 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3361 continue;
3362 }
3363 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3364 }
3365
3366 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3367 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3368 bp_std_terminate_master,
3369 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3370 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3371 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3372 }
3373 }
3374
3375 update_global_location_list (1);
3376
3377 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3378 }
3379
3380 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3381
3382 static void
3383 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3384 {
3385 struct objfile *objfile;
3386 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3387
3388 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3389 {
3390 struct breakpoint *b;
3391 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3392 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3393 CORE_ADDR addr;
3394
3395 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3396
3397 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3398 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3399 {
3400 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3401
3402 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3403
3404 if (ret != NULL)
3405 {
3406 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3407 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3408
3409 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3410 {
3411 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3412 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3413 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3414 ret = NULL;
3415 }
3416 }
3417 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3418 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3419 }
3420
3421 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3422 {
3423 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3424 int i;
3425 struct probe *probe;
3426
3427 for (i = 0;
3428 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3429 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3430 i, probe);
3431 ++i)
3432 {
3433 struct breakpoint *b;
3434
3435 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3436 bp_exception_master,
3437 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3438 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3439 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3440 }
3441
3442 continue;
3443 }
3444
3445 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3446
3447 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3448 continue;
3449
3450 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3451
3452 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3453 {
3454 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3455
3456 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3457 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3458 {
3459 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3460 continue;
3461 }
3462
3463 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3464 }
3465
3466 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3467 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3468 &current_target);
3469 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3470 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3471 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3472 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3473 }
3474
3475 update_global_location_list (1);
3476 }
3477
3478 void
3479 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3480 {
3481 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3482 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3483
3484 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3485 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3486 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3487 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3488 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3489 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3490 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3491 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3492 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3493 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3494 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3495
3496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3497 {
3498 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3499 continue;
3500
3501 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3502 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3503 {
3504 delete_breakpoint (b);
3505 continue;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3509 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3510 {
3511 delete_breakpoint (b);
3512 continue;
3513 }
3514
3515 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3516 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3517 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3518 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3519 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3520 {
3521 delete_breakpoint (b);
3522 continue;
3523 }
3524
3525 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3526 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3527 {
3528 delete_breakpoint (b);
3529 continue;
3530 }
3531
3532 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3533 after an exec. */
3534 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3535 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3536 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3537 {
3538 delete_breakpoint (b);
3539 continue;
3540 }
3541
3542 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3543 {
3544 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3545 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3546 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3547 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3548 continue;
3549 }
3550
3551 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3552 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3553 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3554 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3555 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3556 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3557
3558 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3559 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3560 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3561 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3562 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3563 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3564 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3565
3566 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3567 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3568 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3569 let finish_command delete it.
3570
3571 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3572 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3573 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3574 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3575 solib breakpoints.) */
3576
3577 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3578 {
3579 continue;
3580 }
3581
3582 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3583 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3584 a.out. */
3585 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3586 {
3587 delete_breakpoint (b);
3588 continue;
3589 }
3590 }
3591 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3592 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3593 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3594 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3595 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3596 }
3597
3598 int
3599 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3600 {
3601 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3602 int val = 0;
3603 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3604 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3605
3606 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3607 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3608
3609 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3610 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3612 {
3613 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3614 continue;
3615
3616 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3617 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3618 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3619 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3620 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3621 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3622 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3623 continue;
3624
3625 if (bl->inserted)
3626 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3627 }
3628
3629 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3630 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3631
3632 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3633 return val;
3634 }
3635
3636 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3637 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3638 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3639 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3640 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3641
3642 static int
3643 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3644 {
3645 int val;
3646
3647 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3648 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3649
3650 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3651 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3652 return 0;
3653
3654 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3655 This should not ever happen. */
3656 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3657
3658 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3659 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3660 {
3661 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3662 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3663 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3664
3665 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3666 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3667 || bl->section == NULL
3668 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3669 {
3670 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3671 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3672 }
3673 else
3674 {
3675 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3676 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3677 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3678 {
3679 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3680 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3681 */
3682 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3683 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3684 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3685 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3686 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3687 else
3688 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3689 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3690 }
3691 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3692 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3693 if (bl->inserted)
3694 {
3695 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3696 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3697 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3698 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3699
3700 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3701 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3702 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3703 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3704 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3705 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3706 else
3707 val = 0;
3708 }
3709 else
3710 {
3711 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3712 val = 0;
3713 }
3714 }
3715
3716 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3717 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3718 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3719 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3720 val = 0;
3721
3722 if (val)
3723 return val;
3724 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3725 }
3726 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3727 {
3728 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3729 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3730
3731 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3732 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3733
3734 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3735 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3736 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3737 bl->owner->number);
3738 }
3739 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3740 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3741 && !bl->duplicate)
3742 {
3743 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3744 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3745
3746 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3747 if (val)
3748 return val;
3749
3750 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3751 }
3752
3753 return 0;
3754 }
3755
3756 static int
3757 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3758 {
3759 int ret;
3760 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3761
3762 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3763 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3764
3765 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3766 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3767 return 0;
3768
3769 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3770 This should not ever happen. */
3771 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3772
3773 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3774
3775 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3776
3777 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3778
3779 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3780 return ret;
3781 }
3782
3783 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3784
3785 void
3786 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3787 {
3788 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3789
3790 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3791 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3792 bl->inserted = 0;
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3796 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3797
3798 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3799 between runs.
3800
3801 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3802 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3803 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3804
3805
3806
3807 void
3808 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3809 {
3810 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3811 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3812 int ix;
3813 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3814
3815 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3816 nothing to do. */
3817 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3818 return;
3819
3820 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3821 {
3822 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3823 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3824 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3825 bl->inserted = 0;
3826 }
3827
3828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3829 {
3830 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3831 continue;
3832
3833 switch (b->type)
3834 {
3835 case bp_call_dummy:
3836 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3837
3838 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3839 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3840 rid of it. */
3841
3842 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3843
3844 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3845
3846 case bp_shlib_event:
3847
3848 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3849 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3850 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3851 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3852 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3853
3854 (gdb) file prog-linux
3855 (gdb) run # native linux target
3856 ...
3857 (gdb) kill
3858 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3859 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3860 */
3861
3862 case bp_step_resume:
3863
3864 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3865
3866 delete_breakpoint (b);
3867 break;
3868
3869 case bp_watchpoint:
3870 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3871 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3872 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3873 {
3874 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3875
3876 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3877 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3878 delete_breakpoint (b);
3879 else if (context == inf_starting)
3880 {
3881 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3882 insert_breakpoints. */
3883 if (w->val)
3884 value_free (w->val);
3885 w->val = NULL;
3886 w->val_valid = 0;
3887 }
3888 }
3889 break;
3890 default:
3891 break;
3892 }
3893 }
3894
3895 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3896 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3897 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3898 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3899 }
3900
3901 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3902 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3903 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3904 match, not program space. */
3905
3906 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3907 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3908 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3909 permanent breakpoint.
3910 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3911 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3912 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3913 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3914 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3915
3916 enum breakpoint_here
3917 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3918 {
3919 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3920 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3921
3922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3923 {
3924 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3925 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3926 continue;
3927
3928 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3929 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3930 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3931 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3932 {
3933 if (overlay_debugging
3934 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3935 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3936 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3937 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3938 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3939 else
3940 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3941 }
3942 }
3943
3944 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3945 }
3946
3947 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3948
3949 int
3950 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3951 {
3952 struct bp_location *loc;
3953 int ix;
3954
3955 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3956 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3957 return 1;
3958
3959 return 0;
3960 }
3961
3962 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3963 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3964 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3965 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3966
3967 int
3968 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3969 CORE_ADDR pc)
3970 {
3971 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3972
3973 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3974 {
3975 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3976 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3977 continue;
3978
3979 if (bl->inserted
3980 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3981 {
3982 if (overlay_debugging
3983 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3984 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3985 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3986 else
3987 return 1;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 return 0;
3991 }
3992
3993 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3994 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3995
3996 int
3997 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3998 {
3999 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4000 return 1;
4001
4002 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4003 return 1;
4004
4005 return 0;
4006 }
4007
4008 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4009 inserted at PC. */
4010
4011 int
4012 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4013 CORE_ADDR pc)
4014 {
4015 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4016
4017 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4018 {
4019 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4020 continue;
4021
4022 if (bl->inserted
4023 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4024 aspace, pc))
4025 {
4026 if (overlay_debugging
4027 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4028 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4029 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4030 else
4031 return 1;
4032 }
4033 }
4034
4035 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4036 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4037 return 1;
4038
4039 return 0;
4040 }
4041
4042 int
4043 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4044 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4045 {
4046 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4047
4048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4049 {
4050 struct bp_location *loc;
4051
4052 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4053 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4054 continue;
4055
4056 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4057 continue;
4058
4059 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4060 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4061 {
4062 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4063
4064 /* Check for intersection. */
4065 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4066 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4067 if (l < h)
4068 return 1;
4069 }
4070 }
4071 return 0;
4072 }
4073
4074 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4075 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4076
4077 int
4078 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4079 ptid_t ptid)
4080 {
4081 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4082 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4083 int thread = -1;
4084 int task = 0;
4085
4086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4087 {
4088 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4089 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4090 continue;
4091
4092 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4093 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4094 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4095 continue;
4096
4097 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4098 continue;
4099
4100 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4101 {
4102 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4103 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4104 it is now time to do so. */
4105 if (thread == -1)
4106 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4107 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4108 continue;
4109 }
4110
4111 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4112 {
4113 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4114 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4115 it is now time to do so. */
4116 if (task == 0)
4117 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4118 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4119 continue;
4120 }
4121
4122 if (overlay_debugging
4123 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4124 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4125 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4126
4127 return 1;
4128 }
4129
4130 return 0;
4131 }
4132 \f
4133
4134 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4135 in breakpoint.h. */
4136
4137 int
4138 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4139 {
4140 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4141 }
4142
4143 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4144 'next' chain. */
4145
4146 static void
4147 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4148 {
4149 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4150 value_free (bs->old_val);
4151 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4152 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4153 xfree (bs);
4154 }
4155
4156 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4157 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4158
4159 void
4160 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4161 {
4162 bpstat p;
4163 bpstat q;
4164
4165 if (bsp == 0)
4166 return;
4167 p = *bsp;
4168 while (p != NULL)
4169 {
4170 q = p->next;
4171 bpstat_free (p);
4172 p = q;
4173 }
4174 *bsp = NULL;
4175 }
4176
4177 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4178 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4179
4180 bpstat
4181 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4182 {
4183 bpstat p = NULL;
4184 bpstat tmp;
4185 bpstat retval = NULL;
4186
4187 if (bs == NULL)
4188 return bs;
4189
4190 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4191 {
4192 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4193 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4194 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4195 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4196 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4197 {
4198 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4199 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4200 }
4201
4202 if (p == NULL)
4203 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4204 retval = tmp;
4205 else
4206 p->next = tmp;
4207 p = tmp;
4208 }
4209 p->next = NULL;
4210 return retval;
4211 }
4212
4213 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4214
4215 bpstat
4216 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4217 {
4218 if (bsp == NULL)
4219 return NULL;
4220
4221 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4222 {
4223 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4224 return bsp;
4225 }
4226 return NULL;
4227 }
4228
4229 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4230
4231 int
4232 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4233 {
4234 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4235 {
4236 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4237 {
4238 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4239 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4240 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4241 return 1;
4242 }
4243 else
4244 {
4245 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4246 sig))
4247 return 1;
4248 }
4249 }
4250
4251 return 0;
4252 }
4253
4254 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4255 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4256 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4257 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4258
4259 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4260 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4261 we set it.
4262 Return 1 otherwise. */
4263
4264 int
4265 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4266 {
4267 struct breakpoint *b;
4268
4269 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4270 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4271
4272 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4273 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4274 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4275 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4276 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4277 if (b == NULL)
4278 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4279
4280 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4281 return 1;
4282 }
4283
4284 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4285
4286 void
4287 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4288 {
4289 struct thread_info *tp;
4290 bpstat bs;
4291
4292 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4293 return;
4294
4295 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4296 if (tp == NULL)
4297 return;
4298
4299 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4300 {
4301 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4302
4303 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4304 {
4305 value_free (bs->old_val);
4306 bs->old_val = NULL;
4307 }
4308 }
4309 }
4310
4311 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4312
4313 static void
4314 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4315 {
4316 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4317 {
4318 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4319
4320 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4321 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4322 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4323 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4324 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4325 return;
4326 }
4327
4328 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4329 }
4330
4331 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4332 command. */
4333 static void
4334 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4335 {
4336 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4337 }
4338
4339 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4340 or its equivalent. */
4341
4342 static int
4343 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4344 {
4345 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4346 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4347 }
4348
4349 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4350 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4351 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4352 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4353
4354 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4355 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4356 bpstat of the current thread. */
4357
4358 static int
4359 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4360 {
4361 bpstat bs;
4362 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4363 int again = 0;
4364
4365 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4366 in bs->commands. */
4367 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4368 return 0;
4369
4370 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4371 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4372
4373 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4374
4375 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4376 bs = *bsp;
4377
4378 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4379 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4380 {
4381 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4382 struct command_line *cmd;
4383 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4384
4385 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4386
4387 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4388 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4389 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4390 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4391 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4392 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4393 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4394 the tree when we're done. */
4395 ccmd = bs->commands;
4396 bs->commands = NULL;
4397 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4398 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4399 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4400 {
4401 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4402 cmd = cmd->next;
4403 }
4404
4405 while (cmd != NULL)
4406 {
4407 execute_control_command (cmd);
4408
4409 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4410 break;
4411 else
4412 cmd = cmd->next;
4413 }
4414
4415 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4416 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4417
4418 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4419 {
4420 if (target_can_async_p ())
4421 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4422 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4423 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4424 ;
4425 else
4426 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4427 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4428 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4429 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4430 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4431 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4432 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4433 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4434 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4435 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4436 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4437 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4438 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4439 again = 1;
4440 break;
4441 }
4442 }
4443 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4444 return again;
4445 }
4446
4447 void
4448 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4449 {
4450 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4451
4452 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4453 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4454 && target_has_execution
4455 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4456 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4457 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4458 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4459 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4460 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4461 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4462 break;
4463
4464 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4465 }
4466
4467 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4468
4469 static void
4470 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4471 {
4472 if (val == NULL)
4473 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4474 else
4475 {
4476 struct value_print_options opts;
4477 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4478 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4479 }
4480 }
4481
4482 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4483 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4484 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4485 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4486 normal_stop(). */
4487
4488 static enum print_stop_action
4489 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4490 {
4491 switch (bs->print_it)
4492 {
4493 case print_it_noop:
4494 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4495 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4496 break;
4497
4498 case print_it_done:
4499 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4500 relevant messages. */
4501 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4502 break;
4503
4504 case print_it_normal:
4505 {
4506 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4507
4508 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4509 which has since been deleted. */
4510 if (b == NULL)
4511 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4512
4513 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4514 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4515 }
4516 break;
4517
4518 default:
4519 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4520 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4521 break;
4522 }
4523 }
4524
4525 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4526
4527 static void
4528 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4529 {
4530 int any_deleted
4531 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4532 int any_added
4533 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4534
4535 if (!is_catchpoint)
4536 {
4537 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4538 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4539 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4540 else
4541 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4542 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4543 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4544 }
4545
4546 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4547 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4549
4550 if (any_deleted)
4551 {
4552 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4553 char *name;
4554 int ix;
4555
4556 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4557 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4558 "removed");
4559 for (ix = 0;
4560 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4561 ix, name);
4562 ++ix)
4563 {
4564 if (ix > 0)
4565 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4566 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4567 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4568 }
4569
4570 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4571 }
4572
4573 if (any_added)
4574 {
4575 struct so_list *iter;
4576 int ix;
4577 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4578
4579 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4580 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4581 "added");
4582 for (ix = 0;
4583 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4584 ix, iter);
4585 ++ix)
4586 {
4587 if (ix > 0)
4588 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4589 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4590 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4591 }
4592
4593 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4594 }
4595 }
4596
4597 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4598 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4599 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4600 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4601 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4602 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4603 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4604 routine is one of:
4605
4606 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4607 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4608 code to print the location. An example is
4609 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4610 the location.
4611 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4612 to also print the location part of the message.
4613 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4614 don't require a location appended to the end.
4615 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4616 further info to be printed. */
4617
4618 enum print_stop_action
4619 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4620 {
4621 int val;
4622
4623 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4624 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4625 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4626 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4627 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4628 {
4629 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4630 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4631 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4632 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4633 return val;
4634 }
4635
4636 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4637 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4638 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4639 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4640 {
4641 print_solib_event (0);
4642 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4646 with and nothing was printed. */
4647 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4648 }
4649
4650 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4651 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4652 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4653 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4654 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4655 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4656
4657 static int
4658 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4659 {
4660 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4661 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4662
4663 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4664 return i;
4665 }
4666
4667 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4668
4669 static bpstat
4670 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4671 {
4672 bpstat bs;
4673
4674 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4675 bs->next = NULL;
4676 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4677 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4678 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4679 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4680 incref_bp_location (bl);
4681 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4682 bs->commands = NULL;
4683 bs->old_val = NULL;
4684 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4685 return bs;
4686 }
4687 \f
4688 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4689 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4690
4691 int
4692 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4693 {
4694 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4695 CORE_ADDR addr;
4696 struct breakpoint *b;
4697
4698 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4699 {
4700 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4701 as not triggered. */
4702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4703 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4704 {
4705 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4706
4707 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4708 }
4709
4710 return 0;
4711 }
4712
4713 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4714 {
4715 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4716 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4718 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4719 {
4720 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4721
4722 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4723 }
4724
4725 return 1;
4726 }
4727
4728 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4729 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4730 triggered. */
4731
4732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4733 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4734 {
4735 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4736 struct bp_location *loc;
4737
4738 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4739 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4740 {
4741 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4742 {
4743 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4744 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4745
4746 if (newaddr == start)
4747 {
4748 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4749 break;
4750 }
4751 }
4752 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4753 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4754 addr, loc->address,
4755 loc->length))
4756 {
4757 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4758 break;
4759 }
4760 }
4761 }
4762
4763 return 1;
4764 }
4765
4766 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4767 because of check_errors). */
4768 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4769 #define WP_DELETED 1
4770 /* The value has changed. */
4771 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4772 /* The value has not changed. */
4773 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4774 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4775 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4776
4777 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4778 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4779
4780 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4781 changed.
4782
4783 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4784 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4785
4786 static int
4787 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4788 {
4789 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4790 struct watchpoint *b;
4791 struct frame_info *fr;
4792 int within_current_scope;
4793
4794 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4795 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4796 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4797
4798 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4799 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4800 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4801 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4802 return WP_IGNORE;
4803
4804 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4805 within_current_scope = 1;
4806 else
4807 {
4808 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4809 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4810 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4811
4812 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4813 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4814 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4815 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4816 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4817 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4818 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4819 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4820 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4821 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4822 return WP_IGNORE;
4823
4824 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4825 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4826
4827 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4828 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4829 if (within_current_scope)
4830 {
4831 struct symbol *function;
4832
4833 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4834 if (function == NULL
4835 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4836 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4837 within_current_scope = 0;
4838 }
4839
4840 if (within_current_scope)
4841 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4842 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4843 the user. */
4844 select_frame (fr);
4845 }
4846
4847 if (within_current_scope)
4848 {
4849 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4850 time before we return to the command level and call
4851 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4852 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4853
4854 int pc = 0;
4855 struct value *mark;
4856 struct value *new_val;
4857
4858 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4859 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4860 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4861 a mask watchpoint. */
4862 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4863
4864 mark = value_mark ();
4865 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4866
4867 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4868 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4869 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4870 not what we want. */
4871 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4872 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4873 {
4874 if (new_val != NULL)
4875 {
4876 release_value (new_val);
4877 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4878 }
4879 bs->old_val = b->val;
4880 b->val = new_val;
4881 b->val_valid = 1;
4882 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4883 }
4884 else
4885 {
4886 /* Nothing changed. */
4887 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4888 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4889 }
4890 }
4891 else
4892 {
4893 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4894
4895 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4896 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4897 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4898 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4899 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4900 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4901 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4902 the first value assigned). */
4903 /* We print all the stop information in
4904 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4905 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4906 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4907 here. */
4908 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4909 ui_out_field_string
4910 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4911 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4912 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4913 ui_out_text (uiout,
4914 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4915 which its expression is valid.\n");
4916
4917 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4918 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4919 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4920
4921 return WP_DELETED;
4922 }
4923 }
4924
4925 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4926 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4927 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4928
4929 static int
4930 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4931 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4932 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4933 {
4934 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4935
4936 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4937 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4938
4939 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4940 }
4941
4942 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4943 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4944
4945 static void
4946 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4947 {
4948 const struct bp_location *bl;
4949 struct watchpoint *b;
4950
4951 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4952 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4953 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4954 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4955 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4956
4957 {
4958 int must_check_value = 0;
4959
4960 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4961 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4962 watched value. */
4963 must_check_value = 1;
4964 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4965 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4966 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4967 this watchpoint. */
4968 must_check_value = 1;
4969 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4970 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4971 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4972 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4973 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4974 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4975 must_check_value = 1;
4976
4977 if (must_check_value)
4978 {
4979 char *message
4980 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4981 b->base.number);
4982 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4983 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4984 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4985 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4986 switch (e)
4987 {
4988 case WP_DELETED:
4989 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4990 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4991 /* Stop. */
4992 break;
4993 case WP_IGNORE:
4994 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4995 bs->stop = 0;
4996 break;
4997 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4998 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4999 {
5000 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5001
5002 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5003 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5004 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5005 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5006 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5007 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5008 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5009 old value.
5010
5011 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5012 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5013 happen:
5014
5015 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5016 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5017 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5018 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5019
5020 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5021 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5022 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5023 watchpoint.
5024
5025 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5026 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5027 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5028 changes. This still gives false positives when
5029 the program writes the same value to memory as
5030 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5031 it for a read), but it's much better than
5032 nothing. */
5033
5034 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5035
5036 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5037 {
5038 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5039
5040 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5041 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5042 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5043 {
5044 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5045 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5046
5047 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5048 == watch_triggered_yes)
5049 {
5050 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5051 break;
5052 }
5053 }
5054 }
5055
5056 if (other_write_watchpoint
5057 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5058 {
5059 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5060 and the value changed since the last time we
5061 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5062 Ignore it. */
5063 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5064 bs->stop = 0;
5065 }
5066 }
5067 break;
5068 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5069 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5070 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5071 {
5072 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5073 the value hasn't changed. */
5074 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5075 bs->stop = 0;
5076 }
5077 /* Stop. */
5078 break;
5079 default:
5080 /* Can't happen. */
5081 case 0:
5082 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5083 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5084 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5085 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5086 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5087 break;
5088 }
5089 }
5090 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5091 {
5092 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5093 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5094 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5095 anything for this watchpoint. */
5096 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5097 bs->stop = 0;
5098 }
5099 }
5100 }
5101
5102 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5103 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5104 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5105 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5106
5107 static void
5108 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5109 {
5110 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5111 const struct bp_location *bl;
5112 struct breakpoint *b;
5113 int value_is_zero = 0;
5114 struct expression *cond;
5115
5116 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5117
5118 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5119 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5120 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5121 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5122 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5123
5124 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5125 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5126 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5127
5128 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5129 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5130 {
5131 bs->stop = 0;
5132 return;
5133 }
5134
5135 /* If this is a thread-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu evaluating the
5136 condition if this isn't the specified thread. */
5137 if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5138 {
5139 bs->stop = 0;
5140 return;
5141 }
5142
5143 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop" method implemented. */
5144 if (b->py_bp_object)
5145 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5146
5147 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5148 {
5149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5150
5151 cond = w->cond_exp;
5152 }
5153 else
5154 cond = bl->cond;
5155
5156 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5157 {
5158 int within_current_scope = 1;
5159 struct watchpoint * w;
5160
5161 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5162 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5163 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5164 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5165 function call. */
5166 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5167
5168 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5169 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5170 else
5171 w = NULL;
5172
5173 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5174 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5175 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5176 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5177 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5178 call site. */
5179 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5180 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5181 else
5182 {
5183 struct frame_info *frame;
5184
5185 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5186 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5187 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5188 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5189 really matter which instantiation of the function
5190 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5191 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5192 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5193 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5194 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5195 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5196 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5197 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5198 intuitive. */
5199 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5200 if (frame != NULL)
5201 select_frame (frame);
5202 else
5203 within_current_scope = 0;
5204 }
5205 if (within_current_scope)
5206 value_is_zero
5207 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5208 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5209 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5210 else
5211 {
5212 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5213 "in the current scope"));
5214 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5215 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5216 value_is_zero = 0;
5217 }
5218 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5219 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5220 }
5221
5222 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5223 {
5224 bs->stop = 0;
5225 }
5226 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5227 {
5228 b->ignore_count--;
5229 bs->stop = 0;
5230 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5231 ++(b->hit_count);
5232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5233 }
5234 }
5235
5236
5237 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5238 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5239
5240 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5241 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5242 that:
5243
5244 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5245
5246 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5247
5248 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5249 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5250 several reasons concurrently.)
5251
5252 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5253 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5254
5255 bpstat
5256 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5257 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5258 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5259 {
5260 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5261 struct bp_location *bl;
5262 struct bp_location *loc;
5263 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5264 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5265 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5266 bpstat bs;
5267 int ix;
5268 int need_remove_insert;
5269 int removed_any;
5270
5271 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5272 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5273 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5274 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5275 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5276 inferior function calls. */
5277
5278 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5279 {
5280 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5281 continue;
5282
5283 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5284 {
5285 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5286 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5287 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5288 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5289 checked all locations already. */
5290 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5291 break;
5292
5293 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5294 continue;
5295
5296 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5297 continue;
5298
5299 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5300 matches. */
5301
5302 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5303 explain stop. */
5304
5305 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5306 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5307 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5308 bs->stop = 1;
5309 bs->print = 1;
5310
5311 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5312 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5313 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5314 iteration. */
5315 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5316 {
5317 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5318
5319 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5320 }
5321 }
5322 }
5323
5324 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5325 {
5326 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5327 {
5328 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5329 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5330 bs->stop = 0;
5331 bs->print = 0;
5332 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5333 }
5334 }
5335
5336 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5337 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5338 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5339 "catch unload". */
5340 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5341 {
5342 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5343 {
5344 handle_solib_event ();
5345 break;
5346 }
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5350 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5351 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5352
5353 removed_any = 0;
5354
5355 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5356 {
5357 if (!bs->stop)
5358 continue;
5359
5360 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5361 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5362 if (bs->stop)
5363 {
5364 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5365
5366 if (bs->stop)
5367 {
5368 ++(b->hit_count);
5369 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5370
5371 /* We will stop here. */
5372 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5373 {
5374 --(b->enable_count);
5375 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5376 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5377 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5378 removed_any = 1;
5379 }
5380 if (b->silent)
5381 bs->print = 0;
5382 bs->commands = b->commands;
5383 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5384 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5385 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5386 bs->print = 0;
5387
5388 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5389 }
5390
5391 }
5392
5393 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5394 print. */
5395 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5396 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5397 }
5398
5399 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5400 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5401 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5402 done later. */
5403 need_remove_insert = 0;
5404 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5405 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5406 if (!bs->stop
5407 && bs->breakpoint_at
5408 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5409 {
5410 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5411
5412 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5413 need_remove_insert = 1;
5414 }
5415
5416 if (need_remove_insert)
5417 update_global_location_list (1);
5418 else if (removed_any)
5419 update_global_location_list (0);
5420
5421 return bs_head;
5422 }
5423
5424 static void
5425 handle_jit_event (void)
5426 {
5427 struct frame_info *frame;
5428 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5429
5430 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5431 breakpoint_re_set. */
5432 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5433
5434 frame = get_current_frame ();
5435 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5436
5437 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5438
5439 target_terminal_inferior ();
5440 }
5441
5442 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5443
5444 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5445
5446 struct bpstat_what
5447 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5448 {
5449 struct bpstat_what retval;
5450 int jit_event = 0;
5451 bpstat bs;
5452
5453 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5454 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5455 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5456
5457 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5458 {
5459 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5460 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5461 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5462 enum bptype bptype;
5463
5464 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5465 {
5466 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5467 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5468 bptype = bp_none;
5469 }
5470 else
5471 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5472
5473 switch (bptype)
5474 {
5475 case bp_none:
5476 break;
5477 case bp_breakpoint:
5478 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5479 case bp_until:
5480 case bp_finish:
5481 case bp_shlib_event:
5482 if (bs->stop)
5483 {
5484 if (bs->print)
5485 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5486 else
5487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5488 }
5489 else
5490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5491 break;
5492 case bp_watchpoint:
5493 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5494 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5495 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5496 if (bs->stop)
5497 {
5498 if (bs->print)
5499 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5500 else
5501 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5502 }
5503 else
5504 {
5505 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5506 This requires no further action. */
5507 }
5508 break;
5509 case bp_longjmp:
5510 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5511 case bp_exception:
5512 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5513 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5514 break;
5515 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5516 case bp_exception_resume:
5517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5518 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5519 break;
5520 case bp_step_resume:
5521 if (bs->stop)
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5523 else
5524 {
5525 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5526 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5527 }
5528 break;
5529 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5530 if (bs->stop)
5531 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5532 else
5533 {
5534 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5536 }
5537 break;
5538 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5539 case bp_thread_event:
5540 case bp_overlay_event:
5541 case bp_longjmp_master:
5542 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5543 case bp_exception_master:
5544 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5545 break;
5546 case bp_catchpoint:
5547 if (bs->stop)
5548 {
5549 if (bs->print)
5550 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5551 else
5552 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5553 }
5554 else
5555 {
5556 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5557 This requires no further action. */
5558 }
5559 break;
5560 case bp_jit_event:
5561 jit_event = 1;
5562 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5563 break;
5564 case bp_call_dummy:
5565 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5566 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5567 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5568 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5569 break;
5570 case bp_std_terminate:
5571 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5572 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5573 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5574 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5575 break;
5576 case bp_tracepoint:
5577 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5578 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5579 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5580 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5581 out already. */
5582 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5583 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5584 break;
5585 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5586 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5587 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5588 break;
5589 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5590 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5591 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5592 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5593 break;
5594
5595 case bp_dprintf:
5596 if (bs->stop)
5597 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5598 else
5599 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5600 break;
5601
5602 default:
5603 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5604 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5605 }
5606
5607 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5608 }
5609
5610 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5611 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5612
5613 if (jit_event)
5614 {
5615 if (debug_infrun)
5616 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5617
5618 handle_jit_event ();
5619 }
5620
5621 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5622 {
5623 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5624
5625 if (b == NULL)
5626 continue;
5627 switch (b->type)
5628 {
5629 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5630 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5631 break;
5632 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5633 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5634 break;
5635 }
5636 }
5637
5638 return retval;
5639 }
5640
5641 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5642 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5643 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5644
5645 int
5646 bpstat_should_step (void)
5647 {
5648 struct breakpoint *b;
5649
5650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5651 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5652 return 1;
5653 return 0;
5654 }
5655
5656 int
5657 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5658 {
5659 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5660 if (bs->stop)
5661 return 1;
5662
5663 return 0;
5664 }
5665
5666 \f
5667
5668 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5669 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5670 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5671
5672 static char *
5673 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5674 {
5675 static char wrap_indent[80];
5676 int i, total_width, width, align;
5677 char *text;
5678
5679 total_width = 0;
5680 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5681 {
5682 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5683 {
5684 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5685 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5686 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5687
5688 return wrap_indent;
5689 }
5690
5691 total_width += width + 1;
5692 }
5693
5694 return NULL;
5695 }
5696
5697 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5698 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5699
5700 "host": Host evals condition.
5701 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5702 "target": Target evals condition.
5703 */
5704
5705 static const char *
5706 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5707 {
5708 struct bp_location *bl;
5709 char host_evals = 0;
5710 char target_evals = 0;
5711
5712 if (!b)
5713 return NULL;
5714
5715 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5716 return NULL;
5717
5718 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5719 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5720 return condition_evaluation_host;
5721
5722 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5723 {
5724 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5725 target_evals++;
5726 else
5727 host_evals++;
5728 }
5729
5730 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5731 return condition_evaluation_both;
5732 else if (target_evals)
5733 return condition_evaluation_target;
5734 else
5735 return condition_evaluation_host;
5736 }
5737
5738 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5739 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5740
5741 static const char *
5742 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5743 {
5744 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5745 return NULL;
5746
5747 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5748 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5749 return condition_evaluation_host;
5750
5751 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5752 return condition_evaluation_target;
5753 else
5754 return condition_evaluation_host;
5755 }
5756
5757 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5758
5759 static void
5760 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5761 struct bp_location *loc)
5762 {
5763 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5764 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5765
5766 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5767 loc = NULL;
5768
5769 if (loc != NULL)
5770 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5771
5772 if (b->display_canonical)
5773 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5774 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5775 {
5776 struct symbol *sym
5777 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5778 if (sym)
5779 {
5780 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5781 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5782 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5783 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5784 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5785 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5786 }
5787 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5788 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5789 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5790
5791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5792 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5793 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5794
5795 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5796 }
5797 else if (loc)
5798 {
5799 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5800 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5801
5802 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5803 demangle, "");
5804 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5805
5806 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5807 }
5808 else
5809 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5810
5811 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5812 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5813 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5814 {
5815 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5816 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5817 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5818 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5819 }
5820
5821 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5822 }
5823
5824 static const char *
5825 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5826 {
5827 struct ep_type_description
5828 {
5829 enum bptype type;
5830 char *description;
5831 };
5832 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5833 {
5834 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5835 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5836 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5837 {bp_until, "until"},
5838 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5839 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5840 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5841 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5842 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5843 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5844 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5845 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5846 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5847 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5848 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5849 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5850 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5851 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5852 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5853 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5854 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5855 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5856 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5857 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5858 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5859 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5860 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5861 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5862 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5863 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5864 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5865 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5866 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5867 };
5868
5869 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5870 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5871 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5872 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5873 (int) type);
5874
5875 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5876 }
5877
5878 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5879 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5880
5881 static void
5882 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5883 const char *field_name,
5884 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5885 int mi_only)
5886 {
5887 struct cleanup *back_to;
5888 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5889 int inf;
5890 int i;
5891
5892 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5893 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5894 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5895 return;
5896
5897 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5898
5899 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5900 {
5901 if (is_mi)
5902 {
5903 char mi_group[10];
5904
5905 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5906 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5907 }
5908 else
5909 {
5910 if (i == 0)
5911 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5912 else
5913 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5914
5915 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5916 }
5917 }
5918
5919 do_cleanups (back_to);
5920 }
5921
5922 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5923
5924 static void
5925 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5926 struct bp_location *loc,
5927 int loc_number,
5928 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5929 int allflag)
5930 {
5931 struct command_line *l;
5932 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5933
5934 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5935 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5936 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5937 struct value_print_options opts;
5938
5939 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5940
5941 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5942 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5943 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5944 if (loc == NULL
5945 && (b->loc != NULL
5946 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5947 header_of_multiple = 1;
5948 if (loc == NULL)
5949 loc = b->loc;
5950
5951 annotate_record ();
5952
5953 /* 1 */
5954 annotate_field (0);
5955 if (part_of_multiple)
5956 {
5957 char *formatted;
5958 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5959 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5960 xfree (formatted);
5961 }
5962 else
5963 {
5964 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5965 }
5966
5967 /* 2 */
5968 annotate_field (1);
5969 if (part_of_multiple)
5970 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5971 else
5972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5973
5974 /* 3 */
5975 annotate_field (2);
5976 if (part_of_multiple)
5977 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5978 else
5979 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5980
5981
5982 /* 4 */
5983 annotate_field (3);
5984 if (part_of_multiple)
5985 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5986 else
5987 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5988 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5989 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5990
5991
5992 /* 5 and 6 */
5993 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5994 {
5995 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5996 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5997 make sure there's just one location. */
5998 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5999 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6000 }
6001 else
6002 switch (b->type)
6003 {
6004 case bp_none:
6005 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6006 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6007 break;
6008
6009 case bp_watchpoint:
6010 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6011 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6012 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6013 {
6014 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6015
6016 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6017 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6018 is relatively readable). */
6019 if (opts.addressprint)
6020 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6021 annotate_field (5);
6022 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6023 }
6024 break;
6025
6026 case bp_breakpoint:
6027 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6028 case bp_until:
6029 case bp_finish:
6030 case bp_longjmp:
6031 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6032 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6033 case bp_exception:
6034 case bp_exception_resume:
6035 case bp_step_resume:
6036 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6037 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6038 case bp_call_dummy:
6039 case bp_std_terminate:
6040 case bp_shlib_event:
6041 case bp_thread_event:
6042 case bp_overlay_event:
6043 case bp_longjmp_master:
6044 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6045 case bp_exception_master:
6046 case bp_tracepoint:
6047 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6048 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6049 case bp_dprintf:
6050 case bp_jit_event:
6051 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6052 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6053 if (opts.addressprint)
6054 {
6055 annotate_field (4);
6056 if (header_of_multiple)
6057 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6058 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6059 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6060 else
6061 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6062 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6063 }
6064 annotate_field (5);
6065 if (!header_of_multiple)
6066 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6067 if (b->loc)
6068 *last_loc = b->loc;
6069 break;
6070 }
6071
6072
6073 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6074 {
6075 struct inferior *inf;
6076 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6077 int mi_only = 1;
6078
6079 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6080 {
6081 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6082 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6083 }
6084
6085 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6086 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6087 if (allflag
6088 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6089 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6090 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6091 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6092 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6093 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6094 mi_only = 0;
6095 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6096 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6097 }
6098
6099 if (!part_of_multiple)
6100 {
6101 if (b->thread != -1)
6102 {
6103 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6104 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6105 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6106 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6107 }
6108 else if (b->task != 0)
6109 {
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6111 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6112 }
6113 }
6114
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6116
6117 if (!part_of_multiple)
6118 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6119
6120 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6121 {
6122 annotate_field (6);
6123 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6124 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6125 the frame ID. */
6126 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6127 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6128 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6129 }
6130
6131 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6132 {
6133 annotate_field (7);
6134 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6136 else
6137 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6138 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6139
6140 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6141 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6142 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6143 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6144 == condition_evaluation_target)
6145 {
6146 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6147 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6148 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6149 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6150 }
6151 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6152 }
6153
6154 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6155 {
6156 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6157 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6158 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6159 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6160 }
6161
6162 if (!part_of_multiple)
6163 {
6164 if (b->hit_count)
6165 {
6166 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6167 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6169 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6171 else
6172 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6173 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6174 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6175 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6176 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6177 else
6178 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6179 }
6180 else
6181 {
6182 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6184 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6185 }
6186 }
6187
6188 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6189 {
6190 annotate_field (8);
6191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6192 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6193 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6194 }
6195
6196 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6197 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6198 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6199 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6200 {
6201 annotate_field (8);
6202 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6203 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6204 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6205 if (b->ignore_count)
6206 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6207 else
6208 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6209 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6210 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6211 }
6212
6213 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6214 {
6215 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6216
6217 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6218 {
6219 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6220 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6221 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6222 }
6223 }
6224
6225 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6226 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6227 {
6228 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6229
6230 annotate_field (9);
6231 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6232 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6233 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6234 }
6235
6236 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6237 {
6238 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6239
6240 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6241 {
6242 annotate_field (10);
6243 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6244 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6245 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6246 }
6247
6248 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6249 pending. */
6250 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6251 {
6252 annotate_field (11);
6253
6254 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6255 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6256 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6257 else
6258 {
6259 if (loc->inserted)
6260 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6261 else
6262 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6263 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6264 }
6265 }
6266 }
6267
6268 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6269 {
6270 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6271 {
6272 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6273
6274 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6275 }
6276 else if (b->addr_string)
6277 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6278 }
6279 }
6280
6281 static void
6282 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6283 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6284 int allflag)
6285 {
6286 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6287 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6288
6289 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6290
6291 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6292 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6293
6294 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6295 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6296 locations, if any. */
6297 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6298 {
6299 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6300 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6301 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6302 situation.
6303
6304 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6305 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6306 if (b->loc
6307 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6308 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6309 {
6310 struct bp_location *loc;
6311 int n = 1;
6312
6313 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6314 {
6315 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6316 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6317 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6318 do_cleanups (inner2);
6319 }
6320 }
6321 }
6322 }
6323
6324 static int
6325 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6326 {
6327 int print_address_bits = 0;
6328 struct bp_location *loc;
6329
6330 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6331 {
6332 int addr_bit;
6333
6334 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6335 an address to print. */
6336 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6337 continue;
6338
6339 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6340 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6341 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6342 }
6343
6344 return print_address_bits;
6345 }
6346
6347 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6348 {
6349 int bnum;
6350 };
6351
6352 static int
6353 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6354 {
6355 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6356 struct breakpoint *b;
6357 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6358
6359 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6360 {
6361 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6362 {
6363 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6364 return GDB_RC_OK;
6365 }
6366 }
6367 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6368 }
6369
6370 enum gdb_rc
6371 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6372 char **error_message)
6373 {
6374 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6375
6376 args.bnum = bnum;
6377 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6378 an error. */
6379 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6380 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6381 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6382 else
6383 return GDB_RC_OK;
6384 }
6385
6386 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6387 internal or momentary. */
6388
6389 int
6390 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6391 {
6392 return b->number > 0;
6393 }
6394
6395 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6396 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6397 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6398 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6399 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6400 breakpoints listed. */
6401
6402 static int
6403 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6404 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6405 {
6406 struct breakpoint *b;
6407 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6408 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6409 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6410 struct value_print_options opts;
6411 int print_address_bits = 0;
6412 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6413 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6414
6415 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6416
6417 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6418 required for address fields. */
6419 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6421 {
6422 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6423 if (filter && !filter (b))
6424 continue;
6425
6426 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6427 accept. Skip the others. */
6428 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6429 {
6430 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6431 continue;
6432 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6433 continue;
6434 }
6435
6436 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6437 {
6438 int addr_bit, type_len;
6439
6440 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6441 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6442 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6443
6444 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6445 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6446 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6447
6448 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6449 }
6450 }
6451
6452 if (opts.addressprint)
6453 bkpttbl_chain
6454 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6455 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6456 "BreakpointTable");
6457 else
6458 bkpttbl_chain
6459 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6460 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6461 "BreakpointTable");
6462
6463 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6464 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6465 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6466 annotate_field (0);
6467 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6468 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6469 annotate_field (1);
6470 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6471 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6472 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6473 annotate_field (2);
6474 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6475 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6476 annotate_field (3);
6477 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6478 if (opts.addressprint)
6479 {
6480 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6481 annotate_field (4);
6482 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6483 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6484 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6485 else
6486 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6487 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6488 }
6489 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6490 annotate_field (5);
6491 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6492 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6493 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6494 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6495
6496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6497 {
6498 QUIT;
6499 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6500 if (filter && !filter (b))
6501 continue;
6502
6503 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6504 accept. Skip the others. */
6505
6506 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6507 {
6508 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6509 {
6510 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6511 continue;
6512 }
6513 else /* all others */
6514 {
6515 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6516 continue;
6517 }
6518 }
6519 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6520 allflag is set. */
6521 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6522 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6523 }
6524
6525 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6526
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6528 {
6529 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6530 empty list. */
6531 if (!filter)
6532 {
6533 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6534 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6535 else
6536 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6537 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6538 args);
6539 }
6540 }
6541 else
6542 {
6543 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6544 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6545 }
6546
6547 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6548 there have been breakpoints? */
6549 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6550
6551 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6552 }
6553
6554 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6555 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6556
6557 static void
6558 default_collect_info (void)
6559 {
6560 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6561
6562 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6563 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6564 not wanted. */
6565 if (!*default_collect)
6566 return;
6567
6568 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6569 actions. */
6570 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6572 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6573 }
6574
6575 static void
6576 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6577 {
6578 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6579
6580 default_collect_info ();
6581 }
6582
6583 static void
6584 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6585 {
6586 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6587 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6588
6589 if (num_printed == 0)
6590 {
6591 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6592 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6593 else
6594 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6595 }
6596 }
6597
6598 static void
6599 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6600 {
6601 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6602
6603 default_collect_info ();
6604 }
6605
6606 static int
6607 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6608 struct program_space *pspace,
6609 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6610 {
6611 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6612
6613 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6614 {
6615 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6616 && bl->address == pc
6617 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6618 return 1;
6619 }
6620 return 0;
6621 }
6622
6623 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6624 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6625 address spaces. */
6626
6627 static void
6628 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6629 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6630 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6631 {
6632 int others = 0;
6633 struct breakpoint *b;
6634
6635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6636 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6637 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6638 if (others > 0)
6639 {
6640 if (others == 1)
6641 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6642 else /* if (others == ???) */
6643 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6645 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6646 {
6647 others--;
6648 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6649 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6650 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6651 else if (b->thread != -1)
6652 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6653 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6654 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6655 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6656 ? " (disabled)"
6657 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6658 ? " (permanent)"
6659 : ""),
6660 (others > 1) ? ","
6661 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6662 }
6663 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6664 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6665 printf_filtered (".\n");
6666 }
6667 }
6668 \f
6669
6670 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6671 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6672 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6673 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6674
6675 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6676 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6677 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6678 breakpoint at address zero:
6679
6680 bp_watchpoint
6681 bp_catchpoint
6682
6683 */
6684
6685 static int
6686 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6687 {
6688 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6689
6690 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6691 }
6692
6693 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6694 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6695
6696 static int
6697 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6698 struct bp_location *loc2)
6699 {
6700 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6701 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6702
6703 /* Both of them must exist. */
6704 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6705 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6706
6707 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6708 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6709 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6710 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6711 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6712 other watchpoint. */
6713 if ((w1->cond_exp
6714 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6715 loc1->length,
6716 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6717 w1->cond_exp))
6718 || (w2->cond_exp
6719 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6720 loc2->length,
6721 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6722 w2->cond_exp)))
6723 return 0;
6724
6725 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6726 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6727 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6728 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6729 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6730 become hw_access locations later. */
6731 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6732 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6733 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6734 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6735 }
6736
6737 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6738 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6739 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6740 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6741
6742 static int
6743 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6744 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6745 {
6746 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6747 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6748 && addr1 == addr2);
6749 }
6750
6751 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6752 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6753 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6754 space doesn't really matter. */
6755
6756 static int
6757 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6758 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6759 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6760 {
6761 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6762 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6763 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6764 }
6765
6766 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6767 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6768 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6769 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6770
6771 static int
6772 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6773 struct address_space *aspace,
6774 CORE_ADDR addr)
6775 {
6776 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6777 aspace, addr)
6778 || (bl->length
6779 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6780 bl->address, bl->length,
6781 aspace, addr)));
6782 }
6783
6784 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6785 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6786 true, otherwise returns false. */
6787
6788 static int
6789 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6790 struct bp_location *loc2)
6791 {
6792 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6793 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6794 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6795 different locations. */
6796 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6797 else
6798 return 0;
6799 }
6800
6801 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6802 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6803 represent the same location. */
6804
6805 static int
6806 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6807 struct bp_location *loc2)
6808 {
6809 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6810
6811 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6812 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6813 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6814
6815 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6816 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6817
6818 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6819 return 0;
6820 else if (hw_point1)
6821 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6822 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6823 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6824 else
6825 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6826 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6827 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6828 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6829 }
6830
6831 static void
6832 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6833 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6834 {
6835 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6836 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6837 char astr1[64];
6838 char astr2[64];
6839
6840 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6841 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6842 if (have_bnum)
6843 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6844 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6845 else
6846 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6850 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6851 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6852 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6853
6854 static CORE_ADDR
6855 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6856 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6857 {
6858 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6859 {
6860 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6861 return bpaddr;
6862 }
6863 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6864 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6865 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6866 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6867 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6868 {
6869 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6870 have their addresses modified. */
6871 return bpaddr;
6872 }
6873 else
6874 {
6875 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6876
6877 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6878 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6879 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6880
6881 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6882 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6883 is required. */
6884 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6885 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6886
6887 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6888 }
6889 }
6890
6891 void
6892 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6893 struct breakpoint *owner)
6894 {
6895 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6896
6897 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6898
6899 loc->ops = ops;
6900 loc->owner = owner;
6901 loc->cond = NULL;
6902 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6903 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6904 loc->enabled = 1;
6905
6906 switch (owner->type)
6907 {
6908 case bp_breakpoint:
6909 case bp_until:
6910 case bp_finish:
6911 case bp_longjmp:
6912 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6913 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6914 case bp_exception:
6915 case bp_exception_resume:
6916 case bp_step_resume:
6917 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6918 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6919 case bp_call_dummy:
6920 case bp_std_terminate:
6921 case bp_shlib_event:
6922 case bp_thread_event:
6923 case bp_overlay_event:
6924 case bp_jit_event:
6925 case bp_longjmp_master:
6926 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6927 case bp_exception_master:
6928 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6929 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6930 case bp_dprintf:
6931 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6932 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6933 break;
6934 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6935 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6936 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6937 break;
6938 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6939 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6940 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6941 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6942 break;
6943 case bp_watchpoint:
6944 case bp_catchpoint:
6945 case bp_tracepoint:
6946 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6947 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6948 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6949 break;
6950 default:
6951 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6952 }
6953
6954 loc->refc = 1;
6955 }
6956
6957 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6958
6959 static struct bp_location *
6960 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6961 {
6962 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6963 }
6964
6965 static void
6966 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6967 {
6968 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6969 xfree (loc);
6970 }
6971
6972 /* Increment reference count. */
6973
6974 static void
6975 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6976 {
6977 ++bl->refc;
6978 }
6979
6980 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6981 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6982
6983 static void
6984 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6985 {
6986 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6987
6988 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6989 free_bp_location (*blp);
6990 *blp = NULL;
6991 }
6992
6993 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6994
6995 static void
6996 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6997 {
6998 struct breakpoint *b1;
6999
7000 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7001 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7002
7003 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7004 if (b1 == 0)
7005 breakpoint_chain = b;
7006 else
7007 {
7008 while (b1->next)
7009 b1 = b1->next;
7010 b1->next = b;
7011 }
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7015
7016 static void
7017 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7018 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7019 enum bptype bptype,
7020 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7021 {
7022 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7023
7024 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7025
7026 b->ops = ops;
7027 b->type = bptype;
7028 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7029 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7030 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7031 b->thread = -1;
7032 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7033 b->next = 0;
7034 b->silent = 0;
7035 b->ignore_count = 0;
7036 b->commands = NULL;
7037 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7038 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7039 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7040 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7041 }
7042
7043 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7044 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7045
7046 static struct breakpoint *
7047 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7048 enum bptype bptype,
7049 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7050 {
7051 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7052
7053 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7054 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7055 return b;
7056 }
7057
7058 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7059 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7060 enough. */
7061
7062 static void
7063 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7064 {
7065 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7066
7067 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7068 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7069 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7070 {
7071 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7072 const char *function_name;
7073 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7074
7075 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7076 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7077
7078 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7079 {
7080 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7081
7082 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7083 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7084 &loc->requested_address))
7085 {
7086 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7087 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7088 loc->requested_address,
7089 b->type);
7090 }
7091 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7092 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7093 {
7094 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7095 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7096 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7097 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7098 breakpoint. */
7099 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7100 }
7101 }
7102
7103 if (function_name)
7104 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7105 }
7106 }
7107
7108 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7109 struct gdbarch *
7110 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7111 {
7112 if (sal.section)
7113 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7114 if (sal.symtab)
7115 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7116
7117 return NULL;
7118 }
7119
7120 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7121 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7122 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7123
7124 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7125 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7126 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7127
7128 static void
7129 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7130 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7131 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7132 {
7133 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7134
7135 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7136
7137 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7138 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7139
7140 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7141 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7142 program space. */
7143 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7144 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7145 }
7146
7147 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7148 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7149 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7150 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7151 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7152 is also returned as the value of this function.
7153
7154 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7155 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7156 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7157 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7158 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7159 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7160 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7161
7162 struct breakpoint *
7163 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7164 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7165 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7166 {
7167 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7168
7169 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7170 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7171 return b;
7172 }
7173
7174
7175 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7176 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7177 void
7178 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7179 {
7180 struct bp_location *bl;
7181
7182 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7183
7184 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7185 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7186 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7187 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7188 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7189 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7190 bl->inserted = 1;
7191 }
7192
7193 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7194 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7195 initiated the operation. */
7196
7197 void
7198 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7199 {
7200 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7201 int thread = tp->num;
7202
7203 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7204 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7205 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7206 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7208 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7209 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7210 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7211 {
7212 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7213 struct breakpoint *clone;
7214
7215 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7216 after their removal. */
7217 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7218 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7219 clone->thread = thread;
7220 }
7221
7222 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7223 }
7224
7225 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7226 void
7227 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7228 {
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7230
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7233 {
7234 if (b->thread == thread)
7235 delete_breakpoint (b);
7236 }
7237 }
7238
7239 void
7240 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7241 {
7242 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7243
7244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7245 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7246 {
7247 if (b->thread == thread)
7248 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7249 }
7250 }
7251
7252 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7253 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7254 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7255 breakpoints. */
7256
7257 struct breakpoint *
7258 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7259 {
7260 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7261
7262 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7263 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7264 {
7265 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7266
7267 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7268 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7269 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7270
7271 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7272
7273 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7274 if (retval == NULL)
7275 retval = new_b;
7276 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7277 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7278 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7279 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7280 }
7281
7282 return retval;
7283 }
7284
7285 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7286 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7287 stack.
7288
7289 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7290 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7291 frames. */
7292
7293 void
7294 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7295 {
7296 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7297
7298 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7299 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7300 {
7301 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7302
7303 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7304 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7305 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7306 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7307 continue;
7308
7309 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7310
7311 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7312 {
7313 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7314 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7315 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7316 }
7317 delete_breakpoint (b);
7318 }
7319 }
7320
7321 void
7322 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7323 {
7324 struct breakpoint *b;
7325
7326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7327 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7328 {
7329 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7330 update_global_location_list (1);
7331 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7332 }
7333 }
7334
7335 void
7336 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7337 {
7338 struct breakpoint *b;
7339
7340 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7341 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7342 {
7343 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7344 update_global_location_list (0);
7345 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7346 }
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7350 master breakpoint. */
7351 void
7352 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7353 {
7354 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7357 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7358 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7359 {
7360 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7361 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7362 }
7363 }
7364
7365 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7366 void
7367 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7368 {
7369 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7370
7371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7372 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7373 delete_breakpoint (b);
7374 }
7375
7376 struct breakpoint *
7377 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7378 {
7379 struct breakpoint *b;
7380
7381 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7382 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7383
7384 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7385 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7386 b->addr_string
7387 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7388
7389 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7390
7391 return b;
7392 }
7393
7394 void
7395 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7396 {
7397 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7398
7399 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7400 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7401 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7402 delete_breakpoint (b);
7403 }
7404
7405 struct lang_and_radix
7406 {
7407 enum language lang;
7408 int radix;
7409 };
7410
7411 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7412
7413 struct breakpoint *
7414 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7415 {
7416 struct breakpoint *b;
7417
7418 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7419 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7420 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7421 return b;
7422 }
7423
7424 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7425
7426 void
7427 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7428 {
7429 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7430
7431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7432 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7433 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7434 delete_breakpoint (b);
7435 }
7436
7437 void
7438 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7439 {
7440 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7441
7442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7443 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7444 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7445 delete_breakpoint (b);
7446 }
7447
7448 struct breakpoint *
7449 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7450 {
7451 struct breakpoint *b;
7452
7453 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7454 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7455 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7456 return b;
7457 }
7458
7459 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7460 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7461
7462 void
7463 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7464 {
7465 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7466
7467 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7468 {
7469 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7470 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7471
7472 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7473 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7474 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7475 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7476 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7477 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7478 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7479 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7480 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7481 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7482 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7483 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7484 )
7485 {
7486 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7487 }
7488 }
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7492 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7493 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7494
7495 static void
7496 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7497 {
7498 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7499 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7500
7501 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7502 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7503 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7504 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7505 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7506 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7507 return;
7508
7509 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7510 {
7511 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7512 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7513
7514 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7515 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7516 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7517 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7518 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7519 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7520 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7521 || is_tracepoint (b))
7522 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7523 {
7524 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7525 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7526 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7527 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7528 loc->inserted = 0;
7529
7530 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7531 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7532
7533 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7534 {
7535 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7536 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7537 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7538 solib->so_name);
7539 }
7540 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7541 }
7542 }
7543 }
7544
7545 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7546 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7547 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7548
7549 static void
7550 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7551 {
7552 struct breakpoint *b;
7553
7554 if (objfile == NULL)
7555 return;
7556
7557 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7558 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7559 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7560 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) && !(objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED))
7561 return;
7562
7563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7564 {
7565 struct bp_location *loc;
7566 int bp_modified = 0;
7567
7568 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7569 continue;
7570
7571 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7572 {
7573 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7574
7575 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7576 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7577 continue;
7578
7579 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7580 continue;
7581
7582 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7583 continue;
7584
7585 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7586 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7587 continue;
7588
7589 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7590 {
7591 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7592 loc->inserted = 0;
7593
7594 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7595
7596 bp_modified = 1;
7597 }
7598 }
7599
7600 if (bp_modified)
7601 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7602 }
7603 }
7604
7605 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7606
7607 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7608 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7609 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7610 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7611 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7612
7613 struct fork_catchpoint
7614 {
7615 /* The base class. */
7616 struct breakpoint base;
7617
7618 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7619 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7620 catchpoint has triggered. */
7621 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7622 };
7623
7624 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7625 catchpoints. */
7626
7627 static int
7628 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7629 {
7630 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7631 }
7632
7633 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7634 catchpoints. */
7635
7636 static int
7637 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7638 {
7639 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7640 }
7641
7642 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7643 catchpoints. */
7644
7645 static int
7646 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7647 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7648 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7649 {
7650 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7651
7652 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7653 return 0;
7654
7655 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7656 return 1;
7657 }
7658
7659 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7660 catchpoints. */
7661
7662 static enum print_stop_action
7663 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7664 {
7665 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7666 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7667 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7668
7669 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7670 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7671 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7672 else
7673 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7674 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7675 {
7676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7677 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7678 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7679 }
7680 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7681 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7682 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7683 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7684 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7685 }
7686
7687 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7688 catchpoints. */
7689
7690 static void
7691 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7692 {
7693 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7694 struct value_print_options opts;
7695 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7696
7697 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7698
7699 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7700 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7701 readable). */
7702 if (opts.addressprint)
7703 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7704 annotate_field (5);
7705 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7706 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7707 {
7708 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7709 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7710 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7711 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7712 }
7713
7714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7719 catchpoints. */
7720
7721 static void
7722 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7723 {
7724 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7725 }
7726
7727 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7728 catchpoints. */
7729
7730 static void
7731 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7732 {
7733 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7734 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7735 }
7736
7737 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7738
7739 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7740
7741 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7742 catchpoints. */
7743
7744 static int
7745 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7746 {
7747 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7748 }
7749
7750 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7751 catchpoints. */
7752
7753 static int
7754 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7755 {
7756 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7757 }
7758
7759 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7760 catchpoints. */
7761
7762 static int
7763 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7764 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7765 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7766 {
7767 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7768
7769 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7770 return 0;
7771
7772 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7773 return 1;
7774 }
7775
7776 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7777 catchpoints. */
7778
7779 static enum print_stop_action
7780 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7781 {
7782 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7783 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7784 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7785
7786 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7787 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7788 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7789 else
7790 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7792 {
7793 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7794 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7795 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7796 }
7797 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7798 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7799 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7800 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7801 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7802 }
7803
7804 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7805 catchpoints. */
7806
7807 static void
7808 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7809 {
7810 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7811 struct value_print_options opts;
7812 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7813
7814 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7815 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7816 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7817 readable). */
7818 if (opts.addressprint)
7819 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7820 annotate_field (5);
7821 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7822 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7823 {
7824 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7825 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7826 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7827 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7828 }
7829
7830 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7831 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7832 }
7833
7834 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7835 catchpoints. */
7836
7837 static void
7838 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7839 {
7840 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7841 }
7842
7843 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7844 catchpoints. */
7845
7846 static void
7847 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7848 {
7849 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7850 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7851 }
7852
7853 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7854
7855 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7856
7857 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7858 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7859 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7860 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7861 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7862
7863 struct solib_catchpoint
7864 {
7865 /* The base class. */
7866 struct breakpoint base;
7867
7868 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7869 unsigned char is_load;
7870
7871 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7872 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7873 char *regex;
7874 regex_t compiled;
7875 };
7876
7877 static void
7878 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7879 {
7880 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7881
7882 if (self->regex)
7883 regfree (&self->compiled);
7884 xfree (self->regex);
7885
7886 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7887 }
7888
7889 static int
7890 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7891 {
7892 return 0;
7893 }
7894
7895 static int
7896 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7897 {
7898 return 0;
7899 }
7900
7901 static int
7902 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7903 struct address_space *aspace,
7904 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7905 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7906 {
7907 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7908 struct breakpoint *other;
7909
7910 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7911 return 1;
7912
7913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7914 {
7915 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7916
7917 if (other == bl->owner)
7918 continue;
7919
7920 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7921 continue;
7922
7923 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7924 continue;
7925
7926 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7927 {
7928 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7929 return 1;
7930 }
7931 }
7932
7933 return 0;
7934 }
7935
7936 static void
7937 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7938 {
7939 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7940 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7941 int ix;
7942
7943 if (self->is_load)
7944 {
7945 struct so_list *iter;
7946
7947 for (ix = 0;
7948 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7949 ix, iter);
7950 ++ix)
7951 {
7952 if (!self->regex
7953 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7954 return;
7955 }
7956 }
7957 else
7958 {
7959 char *iter;
7960
7961 for (ix = 0;
7962 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7963 ix, iter);
7964 ++ix)
7965 {
7966 if (!self->regex
7967 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7968 return;
7969 }
7970 }
7971
7972 bs->stop = 0;
7973 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7974 }
7975
7976 static enum print_stop_action
7977 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7978 {
7979 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7980 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7981
7982 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7983 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7984 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7985 else
7986 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7987 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7988 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7989 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7990 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7991 print_solib_event (1);
7992 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7993 }
7994
7995 static void
7996 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7997 {
7998 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7999 struct value_print_options opts;
8000 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8001 char *msg;
8002
8003 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8004 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8005 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8006 readable). */
8007 if (opts.addressprint)
8008 {
8009 annotate_field (4);
8010 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8011 }
8012
8013 annotate_field (5);
8014 if (self->is_load)
8015 {
8016 if (self->regex)
8017 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8018 else
8019 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8020 }
8021 else
8022 {
8023 if (self->regex)
8024 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8025 else
8026 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8027 }
8028 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8029 xfree (msg);
8030
8031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8032 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8033 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8034 }
8035
8036 static void
8037 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8038 {
8039 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8040
8041 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8042 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8043 }
8044
8045 static void
8046 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8047 {
8048 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8049
8050 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8051 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8052 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8053 if (self->regex)
8054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8055 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8056 }
8057
8058 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8059
8060 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8061 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8062 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8063 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8064 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8065 created in an enabled state. */
8066
8067 void
8068 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8069 {
8070 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8071 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8072 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8073
8074 if (!arg)
8075 arg = "";
8076 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8077
8078 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8079 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8080
8081 if (*arg != '\0')
8082 {
8083 int errcode;
8084
8085 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8086 if (errcode != 0)
8087 {
8088 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8089
8090 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8091 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8092 }
8093 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8094 }
8095
8096 c->is_load = is_load;
8097 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8098 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8099
8100 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8101
8102 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8103 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8104 }
8105
8106 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8107 "catch unload". */
8108
8109 static void
8110 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8111 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8112 {
8113 int tempflag;
8114 const int enabled = 1;
8115
8116 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8117
8118 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8119 }
8120
8121 static void
8122 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8123 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8124 {
8125 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8126 }
8127
8128 static void
8129 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8130 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8131 {
8132 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8133 }
8134
8135 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8136 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8137 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8138 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8139 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8140
8141 struct syscall_catchpoint
8142 {
8143 /* The base class. */
8144 struct breakpoint base;
8145
8146 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8147 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8148 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8149 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8150 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8151 };
8152
8153 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8154 catchpoints. */
8155
8156 static void
8157 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8158 {
8159 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8160
8161 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8162
8163 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8164 }
8165
8166 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8167
8168 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8169 {
8170 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8171 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8172 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8173
8174 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8175 int any_syscall_count;
8176
8177 /* Count of each system call. */
8178 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8179
8180 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8181 if any catching is necessary. */
8182 int total_syscalls_count;
8183 };
8184
8185 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8186 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8187 {
8188 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8189
8190 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8191 if (inf_data == NULL)
8192 {
8193 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8194 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8195 }
8196
8197 return inf_data;
8198 }
8199
8200 static void
8201 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8202 {
8203 xfree (arg);
8204 }
8205
8206
8207 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8208 catchpoints. */
8209
8210 static int
8211 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8212 {
8213 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8214 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8215 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8216 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8217
8218 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8219 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8220 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8221 else
8222 {
8223 int i, iter;
8224
8225 for (i = 0;
8226 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8227 i++)
8228 {
8229 int elem;
8230
8231 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8232 {
8233 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8234 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8235 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8236 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8237 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8238 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8239 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8240 + vec_addr_offset);
8241 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8242 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8243 }
8244 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8245 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8246 }
8247 }
8248
8249 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8250 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8251 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8252 VEC_length (int,
8253 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8254 VEC_address (int,
8255 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8256 }
8257
8258 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8259 catchpoints. */
8260
8261 static int
8262 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8263 {
8264 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8265 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8266 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8267 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8268
8269 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8270 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8271 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8272 else
8273 {
8274 int i, iter;
8275
8276 for (i = 0;
8277 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8278 i++)
8279 {
8280 int elem;
8281 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8282 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8283 continue;
8284 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8285 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8286 }
8287 }
8288
8289 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8290 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8291 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8292 VEC_length (int,
8293 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8294 VEC_address (int,
8295 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8296 }
8297
8298 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8299 catchpoints. */
8300
8301 static int
8302 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8303 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8304 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8305 {
8306 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8307 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8308 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8309 int syscall_number = 0;
8310 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8311 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8312
8313 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8314 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8315 return 0;
8316
8317 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8318
8319 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8320 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8321 {
8322 int i, iter;
8323
8324 for (i = 0;
8325 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8326 i++)
8327 if (syscall_number == iter)
8328 return 1;
8329
8330 return 0;
8331 }
8332
8333 return 1;
8334 }
8335
8336 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8337 catchpoints. */
8338
8339 static enum print_stop_action
8340 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8341 {
8342 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8343 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8344 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8345 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8346 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8347 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8348 ptid_t ptid;
8349 struct target_waitstatus last;
8350 struct syscall s;
8351
8352 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8353
8354 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8355
8356 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8357
8358 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8359 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8360 else
8361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8363 {
8364 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8365 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8366 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8367 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8369 }
8370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8371
8372 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8373 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8374 else
8375 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8376
8377 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8378 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8379 if (s.name != NULL)
8380 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8381
8382 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8383
8384 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8385 }
8386
8387 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8388 catchpoints. */
8389
8390 static void
8391 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8392 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8393 {
8394 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8395 struct value_print_options opts;
8396 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8397
8398 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8399 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8400 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8401 readable). */
8402 if (opts.addressprint)
8403 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8404 annotate_field (5);
8405
8406 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8407 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8408 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8409 else
8410 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8411
8412 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8413 {
8414 int i, iter;
8415 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8416
8417 for (i = 0;
8418 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8419 i++)
8420 {
8421 char *x = text;
8422 struct syscall s;
8423 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8424
8425 if (s.name != NULL)
8426 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8427 else
8428 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8429
8430 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8431 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8432 on every call. */
8433 xfree (x);
8434 }
8435 /* Remove the last comma. */
8436 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8437 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8438 }
8439 else
8440 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8441 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8442
8443 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8444 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8445 }
8446
8447 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8448 catchpoints. */
8449
8450 static void
8451 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8452 {
8453 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8454
8455 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8456 {
8457 int i, iter;
8458
8459 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8460 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8461 else
8462 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8463
8464 for (i = 0;
8465 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8466 i++)
8467 {
8468 struct syscall s;
8469 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8470
8471 if (s.name)
8472 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8473 else
8474 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8475 }
8476 printf_filtered (")");
8477 }
8478 else
8479 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8480 b->number);
8481 }
8482
8483 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8484 catchpoints. */
8485
8486 static void
8487 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8488 {
8489 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8490
8491 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8492
8493 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8494 {
8495 int i, iter;
8496
8497 for (i = 0;
8498 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8499 i++)
8500 {
8501 struct syscall s;
8502
8503 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8504 if (s.name)
8505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8506 else
8507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8508 }
8509 }
8510 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8511 }
8512
8513 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8514
8515 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8516
8517 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8518
8519 static int
8520 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8521 {
8522 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8523 }
8524
8525 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8526 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8527 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8528 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8529
8530 void
8531 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8532 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8533 char *cond_string,
8534 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8535 {
8536 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8537
8538 init_sal (&sal);
8539 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8540
8541 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8542
8543 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8544 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8545 }
8546
8547 void
8548 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8549 {
8550 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8551 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8552 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8553 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8554 if (!internal)
8555 mention (b);
8556 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8557
8558 if (update_gll)
8559 update_global_location_list (1);
8560 }
8561
8562 static void
8563 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8564 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8565 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8566 {
8567 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8568
8569 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8570
8571 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8572
8573 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8574 }
8575
8576 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8577
8578 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8579 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8580 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8581 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8582 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8583
8584 struct exec_catchpoint
8585 {
8586 /* The base class. */
8587 struct breakpoint base;
8588
8589 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8590 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8591 triggered. */
8592 char *exec_pathname;
8593 };
8594
8595 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8596 catchpoints. */
8597
8598 static void
8599 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8600 {
8601 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8602
8603 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8604
8605 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8606 }
8607
8608 static int
8609 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8610 {
8611 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8612 }
8613
8614 static int
8615 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8616 {
8617 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8618 }
8619
8620 static int
8621 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8622 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8623 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8624 {
8625 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8626
8627 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8628 return 0;
8629
8630 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8631 return 1;
8632 }
8633
8634 static enum print_stop_action
8635 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8636 {
8637 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8638 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8639 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8640
8641 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8642 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8644 else
8645 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8647 {
8648 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8649 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8650 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8651 }
8652 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8653 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8654 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8655 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8656
8657 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8658 }
8659
8660 static void
8661 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8662 {
8663 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8664 struct value_print_options opts;
8665 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8666
8667 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8668
8669 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8670 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8671 is relatively readable). */
8672 if (opts.addressprint)
8673 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8674 annotate_field (5);
8675 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8676 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8677 {
8678 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8679 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8680 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8681 }
8682
8683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8685 }
8686
8687 static void
8688 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8689 {
8690 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8691 }
8692
8693 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8694 catchpoints. */
8695
8696 static void
8697 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8698 {
8699 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8700 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8701 }
8702
8703 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8704
8705 static void
8706 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8707 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8708 {
8709 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8710 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8711
8712 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8713 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8714 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8715
8716 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8717 }
8718
8719 static int
8720 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8721 {
8722 int i = 0;
8723 struct breakpoint *b;
8724 struct bp_location *bl;
8725
8726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8727 {
8728 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8729 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8730 {
8731 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8732 one register. */
8733 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8734 }
8735 }
8736
8737 return i;
8738 }
8739
8740 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8741 watchpoint. */
8742
8743 static int
8744 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8745 {
8746 int i = 0;
8747 struct bp_location *bl;
8748
8749 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8750 return 0;
8751
8752 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8753 {
8754 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8755 one register. */
8756 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8757 }
8758
8759 return i;
8760 }
8761
8762 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8763 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8764 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8765 types _not_ TYPE. */
8766
8767 static int
8768 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8769 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8770 {
8771 int i = 0;
8772 struct breakpoint *b;
8773
8774 *other_type_used = 0;
8775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8776 {
8777 if (b == except)
8778 continue;
8779 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8780 continue;
8781
8782 if (b->type == type)
8783 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8784 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8785 *other_type_used = 1;
8786 }
8787
8788 return i;
8789 }
8790
8791 void
8792 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8793 {
8794 struct breakpoint *b;
8795
8796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8797 {
8798 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8799 {
8800 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8801 update_global_location_list (0);
8802 }
8803 }
8804 }
8805
8806 void
8807 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8808 {
8809 struct breakpoint *b;
8810
8811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8812 {
8813 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8814 {
8815 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8816 update_global_location_list (1);
8817 }
8818 }
8819 }
8820
8821 void
8822 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8823 {
8824 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8825 update_global_location_list (0);
8826 }
8827
8828 void
8829 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8830 {
8831 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8832 breakpoint_re_set ();
8833 }
8834
8835
8836 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8837 at address specified by SAL.
8838 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8839
8840 struct breakpoint *
8841 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8842 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8843 {
8844 struct breakpoint *b;
8845
8846 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8847 tail-called one. */
8848 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8849
8850 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8851 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8852 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8853 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8854
8855 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8856 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8857 control. */
8858 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8859 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8860
8861 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8862
8863 return b;
8864 }
8865
8866 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8867 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8868 breakpoint_ops. */
8869
8870 static struct breakpoint *
8871 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8872 enum bptype type,
8873 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8874 {
8875 struct breakpoint *copy;
8876
8877 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8878 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8879 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8880
8881 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8882 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8883 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8884 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8885 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8886 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8887 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8888 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8889 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8890 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8891 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8892
8893 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8894 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8895 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8896
8897 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8898 return copy;
8899 }
8900
8901 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8902 ORIG is NULL. */
8903
8904 struct breakpoint *
8905 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8906 {
8907 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8908 if (orig == NULL)
8909 return NULL;
8910
8911 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8912 }
8913
8914 struct breakpoint *
8915 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8916 enum bptype type)
8917 {
8918 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8919
8920 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8921 sal.pc = pc;
8922 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8923 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8924
8925 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8926 }
8927 \f
8928
8929 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8930
8931 static void
8932 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8933 {
8934 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8935 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8936 return;
8937 printf_filtered ("\n");
8938 }
8939 \f
8940
8941 static struct bp_location *
8942 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8943 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8944 {
8945 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8946 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8947 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8948
8949 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8950 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8951
8952 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8953 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8954 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8955 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8956 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8957 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8958 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8959 sal->pc, b->type);
8960
8961 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8962 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8963 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8964 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8965 ;
8966 loc->next = *tmp;
8967 *tmp = loc;
8968
8969 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8970 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8971 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8972 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8973 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8974 loc->section = sal->section;
8975 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8976 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8977 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8978
8979 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8980 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8981 return loc;
8982 }
8983 \f
8984
8985 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8986 return 0 otherwise. */
8987
8988 static int
8989 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8990 {
8991 int len;
8992 CORE_ADDR addr;
8993 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8994 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8995 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8996 int retval = 0;
8997
8998 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8999
9000 addr = loc->address;
9001 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9002
9003 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9004 if (bpoint == NULL)
9005 return 0;
9006
9007 target_mem = alloca (len);
9008
9009 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9010 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9011 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9012 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9013
9014 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9015 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9016
9017 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9018 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9019 retval = 1;
9020
9021 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9022
9023 return retval;
9024 }
9025
9026 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9027 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9028
9029 static void
9030 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9031 {
9032 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9033 char *printf_line = NULL;
9034
9035 if (!dprintf_args)
9036 return;
9037
9038 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9039
9040 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9041 insist on it. */
9042 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9043 ++dprintf_args;
9044 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9045
9046 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9047 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9048
9049 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9050 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9051 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9052 {
9053 if (!dprintf_function)
9054 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9055
9056 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9057 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9058 dprintf_function,
9059 dprintf_channel,
9060 dprintf_args);
9061 else
9062 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9063 dprintf_function,
9064 dprintf_args);
9065 }
9066 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9067 {
9068 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9069 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9070 else
9071 {
9072 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9073 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9074 }
9075 }
9076 else
9077 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9078 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9079
9080 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9081 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9082 {
9083 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9084 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9085
9086 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9087 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9088 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9089 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9090 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9091 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9092
9093 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9094 }
9095 }
9096
9097 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9098 current style settings. */
9099
9100 static void
9101 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9102 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9103 {
9104 struct breakpoint *b;
9105
9106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9107 {
9108 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9109 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9110 }
9111 }
9112
9113 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9114 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9115 as condition expression. */
9116
9117 static void
9118 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9119 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9120 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9121 char *extra_string,
9122 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9123 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9124 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9125 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9126 int display_canonical)
9127 {
9128 int i;
9129
9130 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9131 {
9132 int target_resources_ok;
9133
9134 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9135 target_resources_ok =
9136 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9137 i + 1, 0);
9138 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9139 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9140 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9141 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9142 }
9143
9144 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9145
9146 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9147 {
9148 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9149 struct bp_location *loc;
9150
9151 if (from_tty)
9152 {
9153 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9154 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9155 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9156
9157 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9158 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9159 }
9160
9161 if (i == 0)
9162 {
9163 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9164 b->thread = thread;
9165 b->task = task;
9166
9167 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9168 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9169 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9170 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9171 b->disposition = disposition;
9172
9173 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9174 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9175
9176 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9177 {
9178 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9179 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9180
9181 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9182 {
9183 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9184 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9185 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9186 char *endp;
9187 char *marker_str;
9188
9189 p = skip_spaces (p);
9190
9191 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9192
9193 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9194 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9195
9196 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9197 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9198 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9199 }
9200 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9201 {
9202 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9203 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9204
9205 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9206 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9207 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9208 }
9209 else
9210 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9211 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9212 }
9213
9214 loc = b->loc;
9215 }
9216 else
9217 {
9218 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9219 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9220 loc->inserted = 1;
9221 }
9222
9223 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9224 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9225
9226 if (b->cond_string)
9227 {
9228 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9229
9230 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9231 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9232 if (*arg)
9233 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9234 }
9235
9236 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9237 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9238 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9239 {
9240 if (b->extra_string)
9241 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9242 else
9243 error (_("Format string required"));
9244 }
9245 else if (b->extra_string)
9246 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9247 }
9248
9249 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9250 if (addr_string)
9251 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9252 else
9253 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9254 me. */
9255 b->addr_string
9256 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9257 b->filter = filter;
9258 }
9259
9260 static void
9261 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9262 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9263 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9264 char *extra_string,
9265 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9266 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9267 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9268 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9269 int display_canonical)
9270 {
9271 struct breakpoint *b;
9272 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9273
9274 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9275 {
9276 struct tracepoint *t;
9277
9278 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9279 b = &t->base;
9280 }
9281 else
9282 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9283
9284 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9285
9286 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9287 sals, addr_string,
9288 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9289 type, disposition,
9290 thread, task, ignore_count,
9291 ops, from_tty,
9292 enabled, internal, flags,
9293 display_canonical);
9294 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9295
9296 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9297 }
9298
9299 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9300 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9301 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9302 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9303 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9304 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9305 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9306 we take just a single condition string.
9307
9308 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9309 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9310 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9311 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9312 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9313
9314 static void
9315 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9316 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9317 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9318 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9319 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9320 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9321 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9322 {
9323 int i;
9324 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9325
9326 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9327 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9328
9329 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9330 {
9331 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9332 'break', without arguments. */
9333 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9334 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9335 : NULL);
9336 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9337 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9338
9339 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9340 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9341 addr_string,
9342 filter_string,
9343 cond_string, extra_string,
9344 type, disposition,
9345 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9346 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9347 canonical->special_display);
9348 discard_cleanups (inner);
9349 }
9350 }
9351
9352 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9353 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9354 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9355 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9356
9357 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9358 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9359
9360 static void
9361 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9362 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9363 {
9364 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9365 breakpoint. */
9366 if ((*address) == NULL
9367 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9368 {
9369 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9370 address. */
9371 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9372 {
9373 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9374 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9375 CORE_ADDR pc;
9376
9377 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9378 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9379 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9380
9381 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9382 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9383 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9384 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9385 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9386 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9387 pc = sal.pc;
9388 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9389
9390 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9391 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9392 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9393 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9394 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9395 sal.pc = pc;
9396 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9397
9398 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9399 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9400 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9401
9402 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9403 }
9404 else
9405 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9406 }
9407 else
9408 {
9409 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9410
9411 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9412 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9413 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9414 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9415
9416 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9417 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9418 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9419 && (!cursal.symtab
9420 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9421 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9422 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9423 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9424 get_last_displayed_line (),
9425 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9426 else
9427 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9428 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9429 }
9430 }
9431
9432
9433 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9434 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9435
9436 static void
9437 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9438 {
9439 int i;
9440
9441 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9442 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9443 }
9444
9445 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9446 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9447 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9448 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9449 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9450 it, etc. */
9451
9452 static void
9453 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9454 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9455 {
9456 int i, rslt;
9457 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9458 char *msg;
9459 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9460
9461 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9462 {
9463 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9464
9465 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9466
9467 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9468 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9469 associated with SAL. */
9470 if (sarch == NULL)
9471 sarch = gdbarch;
9472 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9473 NULL, &msg);
9474 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9475
9476 if (!rslt)
9477 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9478 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9479
9480 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9481 }
9482 }
9483
9484 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9485
9486 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9487 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9488 {
9489 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9490 }
9491
9492 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9493 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9494 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9495 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9496 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9497 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9498
9499 static void
9500 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9501 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9502 char **rest)
9503 {
9504 *cond_string = NULL;
9505 *thread = -1;
9506 *task = 0;
9507 *rest = NULL;
9508
9509 while (tok && *tok)
9510 {
9511 const char *end_tok;
9512 int toklen;
9513 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9514 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9515
9516 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9517
9518 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9519 {
9520 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9521 return;
9522 }
9523
9524 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9525
9526 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9527
9528 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9529 {
9530 struct expression *expr;
9531
9532 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9533 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9534 xfree (expr);
9535 cond_end = tok;
9536 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9537 }
9538 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9539 {
9540 char *tmptok;
9541
9542 tok = end_tok + 1;
9543 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9544 if (tok == tmptok)
9545 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9546 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9547 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9548 tok = tmptok;
9549 }
9550 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9551 {
9552 char *tmptok;
9553
9554 tok = end_tok + 1;
9555 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9556 if (tok == tmptok)
9557 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9558 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9559 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9560 tok = tmptok;
9561 }
9562 else if (rest)
9563 {
9564 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9565 return;
9566 }
9567 else
9568 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9569 }
9570 }
9571
9572 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9573
9574 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9575 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9576 {
9577 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9578 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9579 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9580 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9581 char *endp;
9582 char *marker_str;
9583 int i;
9584
9585 p = skip_spaces (p);
9586
9587 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9588
9589 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9590 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9591
9592 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9593 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9594 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9595
9596 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9597 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9598
9599 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9600 {
9601 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9602
9603 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9604
9605 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9606
9607 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9608 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9609
9610 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9611 }
9612
9613 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9614
9615 *arg_p = endp;
9616 return sals;
9617 }
9618
9619 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9620 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9621 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9622 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9623 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9624 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9625 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9626 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9627 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9628 was created; false otherwise. */
9629
9630 int
9631 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9632 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9633 int thread, char *extra_string,
9634 int parse_arg,
9635 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9636 int ignore_count,
9637 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9638 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9639 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9640 unsigned flags)
9641 {
9642 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9643 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9644 char *addr_start = arg;
9645 struct linespec_result canonical;
9646 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9647 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9648 int pending = 0;
9649 int task = 0;
9650 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9651
9652 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9653
9654 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9655
9656 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9657 {
9658 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9659 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9660 }
9661
9662 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9663 switch (e.reason)
9664 {
9665 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9666 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9667 return 0;
9668 break;
9669 case RETURN_ERROR:
9670 switch (e.error)
9671 {
9672 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9673
9674 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9675 error. */
9676
9677 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9678 throw_exception (e);
9679
9680 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9681
9682 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9683 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9684 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9685 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9686 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9687 return 0;
9688
9689 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9690 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9691 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9692 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9693 {
9694 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9695
9696 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9697 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9698 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9699 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9700 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9701 pending = 1;
9702 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9703 }
9704 break;
9705 default:
9706 throw_exception (e);
9707 }
9708 break;
9709 default:
9710 throw_exception (e);
9711 }
9712
9713 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9714 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9715
9716 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9717 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9718 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9719 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9720 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9721
9722 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9723 are ok for the target. */
9724 if (!pending)
9725 {
9726 int ix;
9727 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9728
9729 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9730 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9731 }
9732
9733 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9734 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9735 {
9736 int ix;
9737 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9738
9739 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9740 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9741 }
9742
9743 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9744 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9745 breakpoint. */
9746 if (!pending)
9747 {
9748 if (parse_arg)
9749 {
9750 char *rest;
9751 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9752
9753 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9754
9755 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9756 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9757 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9758 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9759
9760 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9761 &thread, &task, &rest);
9762 if (cond_string)
9763 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9764 if (rest)
9765 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9766 if (rest)
9767 extra_string = rest;
9768 }
9769 else
9770 {
9771 if (*arg != '\0')
9772 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9773
9774 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9775 if (cond_string)
9776 {
9777 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9778 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9779 }
9780 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9781 if (extra_string)
9782 {
9783 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9784 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9785 }
9786 }
9787
9788 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9789 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9790 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9791 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9792 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9793 }
9794 else
9795 {
9796 struct breakpoint *b;
9797
9798 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9799
9800 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9801 {
9802 struct tracepoint *t;
9803
9804 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9805 b = &t->base;
9806 }
9807 else
9808 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9809
9810 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9811
9812 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9813 if (parse_arg)
9814 b->cond_string = NULL;
9815 else
9816 {
9817 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9818 if (cond_string)
9819 {
9820 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9821 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9822 }
9823 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9824 }
9825 b->extra_string = NULL;
9826 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9827 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9828 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9829 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9830 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9831 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9832 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9833
9834 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9835 }
9836
9837 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9838 {
9839 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9840 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9841 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9842 }
9843
9844 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9845 breakpoint. */
9846 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9847 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9848 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9849
9850 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9851 update_global_location_list (1);
9852
9853 return 1;
9854 }
9855
9856 /* Set a breakpoint.
9857 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9858 condition, and thread.
9859 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9860 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9861 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9862
9863 static void
9864 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9865 {
9866 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9867 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9868 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9869 : bp_breakpoint);
9870 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9871 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9872
9873 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9874 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9875 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9876 else
9877 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9878
9879 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9880 arg,
9881 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9882 tempflag, type_wanted,
9883 0 /* Ignore count */,
9884 pending_break_support,
9885 ops,
9886 from_tty,
9887 1 /* enabled */,
9888 0 /* internal */,
9889 0);
9890 }
9891
9892 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9893
9894 void
9895 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9896 {
9897 CORE_ADDR pc;
9898
9899 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9900 {
9901 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9902 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9903 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9904 sal->pc = pc;
9905
9906 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9907 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9908 if (sal->explicit_line)
9909 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9910 }
9911
9912 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9913 {
9914 struct blockvector *bv;
9915 struct block *b;
9916 struct symbol *sym;
9917
9918 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9919 if (bv != NULL)
9920 {
9921 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9922 if (sym != NULL)
9923 {
9924 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9925 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9926 }
9927 else
9928 {
9929 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9930 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9931 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9932 happen in assembly source). */
9933
9934 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9935 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9936
9937 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9938
9939 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9940 if (msym.minsym)
9941 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9942
9943 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9944 }
9945 }
9946 }
9947 }
9948
9949 void
9950 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9951 {
9952 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9953 }
9954
9955 void
9956 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9957 {
9958 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9959 }
9960
9961 static void
9962 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9963 {
9964 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9965 }
9966
9967 static void
9968 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9969 {
9970 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9971 }
9972
9973 static void
9974 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9975 {
9976 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9977 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9978 stop at <line>\n"));
9979 }
9980
9981 static void
9982 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9983 {
9984 int badInput = 0;
9985
9986 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9987 badInput = 1;
9988 else if (*arg != '*')
9989 {
9990 char *argptr = arg;
9991 int hasColon = 0;
9992
9993 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9994 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9995 function/method name. */
9996 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9997 {
9998 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9999 argptr++;
10000 }
10001
10002 if (hasColon)
10003 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10004 else
10005 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10006 }
10007
10008 if (badInput)
10009 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10010 else
10011 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10012 }
10013
10014 static void
10015 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10016 {
10017 int badInput = 0;
10018
10019 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10020 badInput = 1;
10021 else
10022 {
10023 char *argptr = arg;
10024 int hasColon = 0;
10025
10026 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10027 it is probably a line number. */
10028 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10029 {
10030 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10031 argptr++;
10032 }
10033
10034 if (hasColon)
10035 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10036 else
10037 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10038 }
10039
10040 if (badInput)
10041 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10042 else
10043 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10044 }
10045
10046 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10047 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10048 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10049 line. */
10050
10051 static void
10052 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10053 {
10054 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10055 arg,
10056 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10057 0, bp_dprintf,
10058 0 /* Ignore count */,
10059 pending_break_support,
10060 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10061 from_tty,
10062 1 /* enabled */,
10063 0 /* internal */,
10064 0);
10065 }
10066
10067 static void
10068 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10069 {
10070 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10071 }
10072
10073 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10074 ranged breakpoints. */
10075
10076 static int
10077 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10078 struct address_space *aspace,
10079 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10080 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10081 {
10082 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10083 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10084 return 0;
10085
10086 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10087 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10088 }
10089
10090 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10091 ranged breakpoints. */
10092
10093 static int
10094 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10095 {
10096 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10097 }
10098
10099 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10100 ranged breakpoints. */
10101
10102 static enum print_stop_action
10103 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10104 {
10105 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10106 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10107 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10108
10109 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10110
10111 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10112 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10113
10114 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10115 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10116 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10117 else
10118 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10119 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10120 {
10121 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10122 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10123 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10124 }
10125 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10126 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10127
10128 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10129 }
10130
10131 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10132 ranged breakpoints. */
10133
10134 static void
10135 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10136 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10137 {
10138 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10139 struct value_print_options opts;
10140 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10141
10142 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10143 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10144
10145 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10146
10147 if (opts.addressprint)
10148 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10149 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10150 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10151 annotate_field (5);
10152 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10153 *last_loc = bl;
10154 }
10155
10156 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10157 ranged breakpoints. */
10158
10159 static void
10160 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10161 struct ui_out *uiout)
10162 {
10163 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10164 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10165 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10166 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10167
10168 gdb_assert (bl);
10169
10170 address_start = bl->address;
10171 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10172
10173 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10174 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10175 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10176 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10177 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10178 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10179
10180 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10181 }
10182
10183 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10184 ranged breakpoints. */
10185
10186 static void
10187 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10188 {
10189 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10190 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10191
10192 gdb_assert (bl);
10193 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10194
10195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10196 return;
10197
10198 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10199 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10200 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10201 }
10202
10203 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10204 ranged breakpoints. */
10205
10206 static void
10207 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10208 {
10209 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10210 b->addr_string_range_end);
10211 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10212 }
10213
10214 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10215
10216 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10217
10218 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10219 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10220 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10221 last instruction of the given line. */
10222
10223 static CORE_ADDR
10224 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10225 {
10226 CORE_ADDR end;
10227
10228 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10229 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10230 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10231 end = sal.pc;
10232 else
10233 {
10234 int ret;
10235 CORE_ADDR start;
10236
10237 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10238 if (!ret)
10239 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10240
10241 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10242 end--;
10243 }
10244
10245 return end;
10246 }
10247
10248 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10249
10250 static void
10251 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10252 {
10253 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10254 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10255 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10256 CORE_ADDR end;
10257 struct breakpoint *b;
10258 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10259 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10260 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10261
10262 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10263 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10264 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10265
10266 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10267 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10268 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10269 bp_count, 0);
10270 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10271 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10272
10273 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10274 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10275 error(_("No address range specified."));
10276
10277 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10278
10279 arg_start = arg;
10280 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10281
10282 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10283
10284 if (arg[0] != ',')
10285 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10286 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10287 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10288
10289 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10290
10291 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10292 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10293 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10294
10295 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10296 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10297 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10298
10299 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10300 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10301
10302 /* Parse the end location. */
10303
10304 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10305 arg_start = arg;
10306
10307 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10308 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10309 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10310 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10311 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10312 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10313 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10314 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10315
10316 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10317
10318 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10319 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10320
10321 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10322 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10323 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10324 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10325
10326 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10327 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10328 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10329
10330 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10331 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10332 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10333
10334 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10335 if (length < 0)
10336 /* Length overflowed. */
10337 error (_("Address range too large."));
10338 else if (length == 1)
10339 {
10340 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10341 the `hbreak' command. */
10342 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10343
10344 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10345
10346 return;
10347 }
10348
10349 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10350 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10351 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10352 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10353 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10354 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10355 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10356 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10357 b->loc->length = length;
10358
10359 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10360
10361 mention (b);
10362 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10363 update_global_location_list (1);
10364 }
10365
10366 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10367 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10368 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10369 zero. */
10370
10371 static int
10372 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10373 {
10374 int i = exp->nelts;
10375
10376 while (i > 0)
10377 {
10378 int oplenp, argsp;
10379
10380 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10381 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10382 i -= oplenp;
10383
10384 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10385 {
10386 case BINOP_ADD:
10387 case BINOP_SUB:
10388 case BINOP_MUL:
10389 case BINOP_DIV:
10390 case BINOP_REM:
10391 case BINOP_MOD:
10392 case BINOP_LSH:
10393 case BINOP_RSH:
10394 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10395 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10396 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10397 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10398 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10399 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10400 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10401 case BINOP_LESS:
10402 case BINOP_GTR:
10403 case BINOP_LEQ:
10404 case BINOP_GEQ:
10405 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10406 case BINOP_COMMA:
10407 case BINOP_EXP:
10408 case BINOP_MIN:
10409 case BINOP_MAX:
10410 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10411 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10412 case BINOP_IN:
10413 case BINOP_RANGE:
10414 case TERNOP_COND:
10415 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10416
10417 case OP_LONG:
10418 case OP_DOUBLE:
10419 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10420 case OP_LAST:
10421 case OP_COMPLEX:
10422 case OP_STRING:
10423 case OP_ARRAY:
10424 case OP_TYPE:
10425 case OP_TYPEOF:
10426 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10427 case OP_TYPEID:
10428 case OP_NAME:
10429 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10430
10431 case UNOP_NEG:
10432 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10433 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10434 case UNOP_ADDR:
10435 case UNOP_HIGH:
10436 case UNOP_CAST:
10437
10438 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10439 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10440 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10441 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10442 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10443 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10444 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10445
10446 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10447 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10448 ADDR is. */
10449 break;
10450
10451 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10452 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10453
10454 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10455 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10456 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10457 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10458
10459 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10460 are always constant. */
10461 {
10462 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10463
10464 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10465 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10466 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10467 return 0;
10468 break;
10469 }
10470
10471 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10472 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10473 then it is not a constant. */
10474 default:
10475 return 0;
10476 }
10477 }
10478
10479 return 1;
10480 }
10481
10482 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10483
10484 static void
10485 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10486 {
10487 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10488
10489 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10490 xfree (w->exp);
10491 xfree (w->exp_string);
10492 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10493 value_free (w->val);
10494
10495 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10496 }
10497
10498 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10499
10500 static void
10501 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10502 {
10503 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10504
10505 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10506 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10507
10508 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10509 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10510 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10511 are loaded and unloaded.
10512
10513 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10514 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10515 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10516 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10517 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10518 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10519
10520 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10521 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10522 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10523 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10524
10525 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10526 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10527
10528 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10529 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10530 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10531 }
10532
10533 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10534
10535 static int
10536 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10537 {
10538 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10539 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10540
10541 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10542 w->cond_exp);
10543 }
10544
10545 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10546
10547 static int
10548 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10549 {
10550 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10551 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10552
10553 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10554 w->cond_exp);
10555 }
10556
10557 static int
10558 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10559 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10560 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10561 {
10562 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10563 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10564
10565 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10566 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10567 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10568 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10569 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10570 (did not match the data address). */
10571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10572 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10573 return 0;
10574
10575 return 1;
10576 }
10577
10578 static void
10579 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10580 {
10581 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10582
10583 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10584 }
10585
10586 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10587 hardware watchpoints. */
10588
10589 static int
10590 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10591 {
10592 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10593 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10594
10595 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10596 }
10597
10598 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10599 hardware watchpoints. */
10600
10601 static int
10602 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10603 {
10604 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10605 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10606 }
10607
10608 static enum print_stop_action
10609 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10610 {
10611 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10612 struct breakpoint *b;
10613 struct ui_file *stb;
10614 enum print_stop_action result;
10615 struct watchpoint *w;
10616 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10617
10618 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10619
10620 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10621 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10622
10623 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10624 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10625
10626 switch (b->type)
10627 {
10628 case bp_watchpoint:
10629 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10630 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10631 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10632 ui_out_field_string
10633 (uiout, "reason",
10634 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10635 mention (b);
10636 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10637 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10638 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10639 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10640 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10641 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10642 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10643 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10644 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10645 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10646 break;
10647
10648 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10649 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10650 ui_out_field_string
10651 (uiout, "reason",
10652 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10653 mention (b);
10654 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10656 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10657 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10659 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10660 break;
10661
10662 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10663 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10664 {
10665 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10666 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10667 ui_out_field_string
10668 (uiout, "reason",
10669 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10670 mention (b);
10671 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10672 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10673 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10674 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10675 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10676 }
10677 else
10678 {
10679 mention (b);
10680 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10681 ui_out_field_string
10682 (uiout, "reason",
10683 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10684 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10686 }
10687 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10688 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10689 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10690 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10691 break;
10692 default:
10693 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10694 }
10695
10696 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10697 return result;
10698 }
10699
10700 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10701 watchpoints. */
10702
10703 static void
10704 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10705 {
10706 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10707 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10708 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10709
10710 switch (b->type)
10711 {
10712 case bp_watchpoint:
10713 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10714 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10715 break;
10716 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10717 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10718 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10719 break;
10720 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10721 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10722 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10723 break;
10724 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10725 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10726 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10727 break;
10728 default:
10729 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10730 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10731 }
10732
10733 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10734 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10735 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10736 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10737 }
10738
10739 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10740 watchpoints. */
10741
10742 static void
10743 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10744 {
10745 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10746
10747 switch (b->type)
10748 {
10749 case bp_watchpoint:
10750 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10752 break;
10753 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10755 break;
10756 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10757 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10758 break;
10759 default:
10760 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10761 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10762 }
10763
10764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10765 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10766 }
10767
10768 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10769 watchpoints. */
10770
10771 static int
10772 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10773 {
10774 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10775 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10776 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10777 return 0;
10778
10779 return 1;
10780 }
10781
10782 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10783
10784 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10785
10786 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10787 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10788
10789 static int
10790 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10791 {
10792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10793
10794 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10795 bl->watchpoint_type);
10796 }
10797
10798 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10799 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10800
10801 static int
10802 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10803 {
10804 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10805
10806 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10807 bl->watchpoint_type);
10808 }
10809
10810 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10811 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10812
10813 static int
10814 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10815 {
10816 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10817
10818 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10819 }
10820
10821 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10822 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10823
10824 static int
10825 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10826 {
10827 return 0;
10828 }
10829
10830 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10831 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10832
10833 static enum print_stop_action
10834 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10835 {
10836 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10837 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10838
10839 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10840 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10841
10842 switch (b->type)
10843 {
10844 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10845 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10846 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10847 ui_out_field_string
10848 (uiout, "reason",
10849 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10850 break;
10851
10852 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10853 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10854 ui_out_field_string
10855 (uiout, "reason",
10856 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10857 break;
10858
10859 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10861 ui_out_field_string
10862 (uiout, "reason",
10863 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10864 break;
10865 default:
10866 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10867 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10868 }
10869
10870 mention (b);
10871 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10872 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10873 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10875
10876 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10877 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10878 }
10879
10880 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10881 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10882
10883 static void
10884 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10885 struct ui_out *uiout)
10886 {
10887 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10888
10889 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10890 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10891
10892 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10893 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10894 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10895 }
10896
10897 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10898 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10899
10900 static void
10901 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10902 {
10903 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10904 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10905 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10906
10907 switch (b->type)
10908 {
10909 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10910 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10911 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10912 break;
10913 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10914 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10915 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10916 break;
10917 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10918 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10919 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10920 break;
10921 default:
10922 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10923 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10924 }
10925
10926 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10927 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10928 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10929 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10930 }
10931
10932 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10933 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10934
10935 static void
10936 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10937 {
10938 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10939 char tmp[40];
10940
10941 switch (b->type)
10942 {
10943 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10944 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10945 break;
10946 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10948 break;
10949 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10950 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10951 break;
10952 default:
10953 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10954 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10955 }
10956
10957 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10958 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10959 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10960 }
10961
10962 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10963
10964 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10965
10966 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10967
10968 static int
10969 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10970 {
10971 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10972 }
10973
10974 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10975 hw_read: watch read,
10976 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10977 static void
10978 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10979 int just_location, int internal)
10980 {
10981 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10982 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10983 struct expression *exp;
10984 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10985 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10986 struct frame_info *frame;
10987 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10988 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10989 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10990 int toklen = -1;
10991 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10992 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10993 enum bptype bp_type;
10994 int thread = -1;
10995 int pc = 0;
10996 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10997 the hardware watchpoint. */
10998 int use_mask = 0;
10999 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11000 struct watchpoint *w;
11001 char *expression;
11002 struct cleanup *back_to;
11003
11004 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11005 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11006 {
11007 const char *value_start;
11008
11009 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11010
11011 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11012 of the arguments string. */
11013 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11014 {
11015 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11016 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11017 tok--;
11018
11019 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11020 This is the value of the parameter. */
11021 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11022 tok--;
11023 value_start = tok + 1;
11024
11025 /* Skip whitespace. */
11026 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11027 tok--;
11028
11029 end_tok = tok;
11030
11031 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11032 This is the parameter itself. */
11033 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11034 tok--;
11035 tok++;
11036 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11037
11038 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11039 {
11040 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11041 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11042 only in a specific thread. */
11043 char *endp;
11044
11045 if (thread != -1)
11046 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11047
11048 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11049 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11050
11051 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11052 thread ID. */
11053 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11054 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11055
11056 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11057 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11058 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11059 }
11060 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11061 {
11062 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11063 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11064 facility. */
11065 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11066
11067 if (use_mask)
11068 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11069
11070 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11071
11072 mark = value_mark ();
11073 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11074 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11075 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11076 }
11077 else
11078 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11079 break;
11080
11081 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11082 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11083 exp_end = tok;
11084 }
11085 }
11086 else
11087 exp_end = arg;
11088
11089 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11090 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11091 ARG. */
11092 innermost_block = NULL;
11093 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11094 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11095 exp_start = arg = expression;
11096 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11097 exp_end = arg;
11098 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11099 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11100 prettier. */
11101 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11102 --exp_end;
11103
11104 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11105 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11106 {
11107 int len;
11108
11109 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11110 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11111 len--;
11112 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11113 }
11114
11115 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11116 mark = value_mark ();
11117 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11118
11119 if (just_location)
11120 {
11121 int ret;
11122
11123 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11124 val = value_addr (result);
11125 release_value (val);
11126 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11127
11128 if (use_mask)
11129 {
11130 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11131 mask);
11132 if (ret == -1)
11133 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11134 else if (ret == -2)
11135 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11136 }
11137 }
11138 else if (val != NULL)
11139 release_value (val);
11140
11141 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11142 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11143
11144 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11145 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11146 {
11147 struct expression *cond;
11148
11149 innermost_block = NULL;
11150 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11151 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11152
11153 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11154 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11155 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11156
11157 xfree (cond);
11158 cond_end = tok;
11159 }
11160 if (*tok)
11161 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11162
11163 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11164
11165 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11166 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11167 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11168 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11169 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11170 {
11171 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11172 {
11173 scope_breakpoint
11174 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11175 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11176 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11177 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11178
11179 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11180
11181 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11182 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11183
11184 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11185 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11186
11187 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11188 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11189 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11190 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11191 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11192 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11193 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11194 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11195 scope_breakpoint->type);
11196 }
11197 }
11198
11199 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11200 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11201 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11202 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11203
11204 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11205 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11206 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11207 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11208 else
11209 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11210
11211 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11212 b = &w->base;
11213 if (use_mask)
11214 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11215 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11216 else
11217 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11218 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11219 b->thread = thread;
11220 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11221 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11222 w->exp = exp;
11223 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11224 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11225 if (just_location)
11226 {
11227 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11228 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11229 char *name;
11230
11231 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11232 name = type_to_string (t);
11233
11234 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11235 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11236 xfree (name);
11237
11238 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11239 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11240
11241 /* The above expression is in C. */
11242 b->language = language_c;
11243 }
11244 else
11245 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11246
11247 if (use_mask)
11248 {
11249 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11250 }
11251 else
11252 {
11253 w->val = val;
11254 w->val_valid = 1;
11255 }
11256
11257 if (cond_start)
11258 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11259 else
11260 b->cond_string = 0;
11261
11262 if (frame)
11263 {
11264 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11265 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11266 }
11267 else
11268 {
11269 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11270 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11271 }
11272
11273 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11274 {
11275 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11276 need to act on them together. */
11277 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11278 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11279 }
11280
11281 if (!just_location)
11282 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11283
11284 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11285 {
11286 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11287 that should be inserted. */
11288 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11289 }
11290 if (e.reason < 0)
11291 {
11292 delete_breakpoint (b);
11293 throw_exception (e);
11294 }
11295
11296 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11297 do_cleanups (back_to);
11298 }
11299
11300 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11301 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11302
11303 static int
11304 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11305 {
11306 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11307 struct value *head = v;
11308
11309 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11310 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11311 return 0;
11312
11313 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11314 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11315 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11316 hardware watchpoint.
11317
11318 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11319 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11320 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11321 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11322 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11323 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11324 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11325 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11326 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11327
11328 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11329 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11330 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11331 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11332 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11333 {
11334 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11335 {
11336 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11337 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11338 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11339 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11340 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11341 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11342 ;
11343 else
11344 {
11345 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11346 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11347 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11348
11349 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11350 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11351 middle of some value chain. */
11352 if (v == head
11353 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11354 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11355 {
11356 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11357 int len;
11358 int num_regs;
11359
11360 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11361 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11362 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11363
11364 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11365 if (!num_regs)
11366 return 0;
11367 else
11368 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11369 }
11370 }
11371 }
11372 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11373 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11374 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11375 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11376 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11377 }
11378
11379 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11380 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11381 return found_memory_cnt;
11382 }
11383
11384 void
11385 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11386 {
11387 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11388 }
11389
11390 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11391 calls watch_command_1. */
11392
11393 static void
11394 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11395 {
11396 int just_location = 0;
11397
11398 if (arg
11399 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11400 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11401 {
11402 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11403 just_location = 1;
11404 }
11405
11406 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11407 }
11408
11409 static void
11410 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11411 {
11412 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11413 }
11414
11415 void
11416 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11417 {
11418 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11419 }
11420
11421 static void
11422 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11423 {
11424 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11425 }
11426
11427 void
11428 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11429 {
11430 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11431 }
11432
11433 static void
11434 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11435 {
11436 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11437 }
11438 \f
11439
11440 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11441 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11442
11443 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11444 {
11445 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11446 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11447 int thread_num;
11448 };
11449
11450 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11451 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11452 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11453 command. */
11454 static void
11455 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11456 {
11457 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11458
11459 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11460 if (a->breakpoint2)
11461 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11462 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11463 }
11464
11465 void
11466 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11467 {
11468 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11469 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11470 struct frame_info *frame;
11471 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11472 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11473 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11474 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11475 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11476 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11477 int thread;
11478 struct thread_info *tp;
11479
11480 clear_proceed_status ();
11481
11482 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11483 this function. */
11484
11485 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11486 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11487 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11488 get_last_displayed_line ());
11489 else
11490 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11491 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11492
11493 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11494 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11495
11496 sal = sals.sals[0];
11497 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11498
11499 if (*arg)
11500 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11501
11502 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11503
11504 tp = inferior_thread ();
11505 thread = tp->num;
11506
11507 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11508
11509 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11510 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11511 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11512 that. */
11513
11514 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11515 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11516 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11517 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11518
11519 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11520 one. */
11521
11522 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11523 {
11524 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11525
11526 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11527 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11528 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11529 sal2,
11530 caller_frame_id,
11531 bp_until);
11532 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11533
11534 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11535 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11536 }
11537
11538 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11539 frame = NULL;
11540
11541 if (anywhere)
11542 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11543 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11544 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11545 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11546 else
11547 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11548 only at the very same frame. */
11549 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11550 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11551 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11552
11553 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11554
11555 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11556 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11557 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11558 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11559
11560 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11561 {
11562 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11563 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11564
11565 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11566 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11567 args->thread_num = thread;
11568
11569 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11570 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11571 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11572 xfree);
11573 }
11574 else
11575 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11576 }
11577
11578 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11579 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11580
11581 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11582 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11583 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11584 if clause in the arg string. */
11585
11586 char *
11587 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11588 {
11589 char *cond_string;
11590
11591 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11592 return NULL;
11593
11594 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11595 (*arg) += 2;
11596
11597 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11598 condition string. */
11599 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11600 cond_string = *arg;
11601
11602 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11603 string. */
11604 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11605
11606 return cond_string;
11607 }
11608
11609 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11610 process start/exit, etc. */
11611
11612 typedef enum
11613 {
11614 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11615 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11616 }
11617 catch_fork_kind;
11618
11619 static void
11620 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11621 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11622 {
11623 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11624 char *cond_string = NULL;
11625 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11626 int tempflag;
11627
11628 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11629 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11630 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11631
11632 if (!arg)
11633 arg = "";
11634 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11635
11636 /* The allowed syntax is:
11637 catch [v]fork
11638 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11639
11640 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11641 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11642
11643 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11644 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11645
11646 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11647 and enable reporting of such events. */
11648 switch (fork_kind)
11649 {
11650 case catch_fork_temporary:
11651 case catch_fork_permanent:
11652 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11653 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11654 break;
11655 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11656 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11657 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11658 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11659 break;
11660 default:
11661 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11662 break;
11663 }
11664 }
11665
11666 static void
11667 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11668 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11669 {
11670 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11671 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11672 int tempflag;
11673 char *cond_string = NULL;
11674
11675 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11676
11677 if (!arg)
11678 arg = "";
11679 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11680
11681 /* The allowed syntax is:
11682 catch exec
11683 catch exec if <cond>
11684
11685 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11686 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11687
11688 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11689 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11690
11691 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11692 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11693 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11694 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11695
11696 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11697 }
11698
11699 void
11700 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11701 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11702 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11703 char *addr_string,
11704 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11705 int tempflag,
11706 int enabled,
11707 int from_tty)
11708 {
11709 if (from_tty)
11710 {
11711 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11712 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11713 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11714
11715 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11716 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11717 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11718 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11719 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11720 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11721 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11722 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11723 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11724 enough for now, though. */
11725 }
11726
11727 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11728
11729 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11730 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11731 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11732 b->language = language_ada;
11733 }
11734
11735 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11736 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11737 static VEC(int) *
11738 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11739 {
11740 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11741 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11742
11743 while (*arg != '\0')
11744 {
11745 int i, syscall_number;
11746 char *endptr;
11747 char cur_name[128];
11748 struct syscall s;
11749
11750 /* Skip whitespace. */
11751 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11752
11753 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11754 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11755 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11756 arg += i;
11757
11758 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11759 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11760 if (*endptr == '\0')
11761 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11762 else
11763 {
11764 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11765 to a number. */
11766 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11767
11768 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11769 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11770 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11771 syscall number to be caught. */
11772 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11773 }
11774
11775 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11776 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11777 }
11778
11779 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11780 return result;
11781 }
11782
11783 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11784
11785 static void
11786 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11787 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11788 {
11789 int tempflag;
11790 VEC(int) *filter;
11791 struct syscall s;
11792 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11793
11794 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11795 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11796 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11797 this architecture yet."));
11798
11799 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11800
11801 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11802
11803 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11804 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11805 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11806 for his/her architecture. */
11807 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11808
11809 /* The allowed syntax is:
11810 catch syscall
11811 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11812
11813 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11814
11815 if (arg != NULL)
11816 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11817 else
11818 filter = NULL;
11819
11820 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11821 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11822 }
11823
11824 static void
11825 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11826 {
11827 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11828 }
11829 \f
11830
11831 static void
11832 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11833 {
11834 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11835 }
11836
11837 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11838
11839 static int
11840 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11841 {
11842 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11843 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11844 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11845 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11846
11847 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11848 return -1;
11849 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11850 return 1;
11851
11852 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11853 the number 0. */
11854 if (ua < ub)
11855 return -1;
11856 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11857 }
11858
11859 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11860
11861 static void
11862 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11863 {
11864 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11865 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11866 int ix;
11867 int default_match;
11868 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11869 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11870 int i;
11871 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11872
11873 if (arg)
11874 {
11875 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11876 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11877 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11878 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11879 default_match = 0;
11880 }
11881 else
11882 {
11883 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11884 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11885 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11886 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11887
11888 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11889 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11890 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11891 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11892 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11893 error (_("No source file specified."));
11894
11895 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11896 sals.nelts = 1;
11897
11898 default_match = 1;
11899 }
11900
11901 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11902 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11903 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11904 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11905
11906 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11907 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11908 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11909 due to optimization, all in one block.
11910
11911 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11912 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11913 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11914 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11915 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11916 to support that. */
11917
11918 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11919 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11920 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11921 breakpoint. */
11922
11923 found = NULL;
11924 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11925 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11926 {
11927 const char *sal_fullname;
11928
11929 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11930 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11931 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11932 or at default pc.
11933
11934 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11935
11936 0 1 pc
11937 1 1 pc _and_ line
11938 0 0 line
11939 1 0 <can't happen> */
11940
11941 sal = sals.sals[i];
11942 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11943 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11944
11945 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11947 {
11948 int match = 0;
11949 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11950 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11951 {
11952 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11953 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11954 {
11955 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11956 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11957 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11958 && sal.pc
11959 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11960 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11961 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11962 || loc->section == sal.section));
11963 int line_match = 0;
11964
11965 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11966 && loc->symtab != NULL
11967 && sal_fullname != NULL
11968 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11969 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11970 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11971 sal_fullname) == 0)
11972 line_match = 1;
11973
11974 if (pc_match || line_match)
11975 {
11976 match = 1;
11977 break;
11978 }
11979 }
11980 }
11981
11982 if (match)
11983 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11984 }
11985 }
11986
11987 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11988 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11989 {
11990 if (arg)
11991 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11992 else
11993 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11994 }
11995
11996 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11997 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11998 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11999 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12000 compare_breakpoints);
12001 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12002 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12003 {
12004 if (b == prev)
12005 {
12006 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12007 --ix;
12008 }
12009 }
12010
12011 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12012 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12013 if (from_tty)
12014 {
12015 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12016 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12017 else
12018 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12019 }
12020
12021 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12022 {
12023 if (from_tty)
12024 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12025 delete_breakpoint (b);
12026 }
12027 if (from_tty)
12028 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12029
12030 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12031 }
12032 \f
12033 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12034 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12035 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12036
12037 void
12038 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12039 {
12040 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12041
12042 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12043 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12044 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12045 && bs->stop)
12046 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12047
12048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12049 {
12050 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12051 delete_breakpoint (b);
12052 }
12053 }
12054
12055 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12056 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12057 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12058 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12059 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12060 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12061
12062 static int
12063 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12064 {
12065 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12066 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12067 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12068 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12069 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12070
12071 if (a->address != b->address)
12072 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12073
12074 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12075 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12076 grouped. */
12077
12078 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12079 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12080 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12081
12082 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12083 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12084 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12085
12086 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12087 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12088 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12089
12090 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12091 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12092 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12093
12094 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12095 }
12096
12097 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12098 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12099 content of the bp_location array. */
12100
12101 static void
12102 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12103 {
12104 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12105
12106 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12107 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12108
12109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12110 {
12111 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12112
12113 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12114 continue;
12115
12116 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12117 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12118
12119 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12120 addr = bl->address - start;
12121 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12122 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12123
12124 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12125
12126 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12127 addr = end - bl->address;
12128 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12129 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12130 }
12131 }
12132
12133 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12134
12135 static void
12136 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12137 {
12138 struct breakpoint *b;
12139 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12140
12141 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12142 return;
12143
12144 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12145
12146 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12147 {
12148 struct bp_location *bl;
12149 struct tracepoint *t;
12150 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12151
12152 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12153 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12154 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12155 continue;
12156
12157 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12158 {
12159 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12160 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12161 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12162 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12163 continue;
12164
12165 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12166
12167 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12168
12169 bl->inserted = 1;
12170 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12171 }
12172 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12173 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12174 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12175 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12176 }
12177
12178 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12179 }
12180
12181 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12182
12183 static void
12184 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12185 {
12186 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12187 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12188 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12189 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12190
12191 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12192 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12193 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12194 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12195 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12196
12197 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12198 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12199 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12200 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12201 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12202 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12203 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12204 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12205 }
12206
12207 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12208 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12209 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12210 the target. */
12211
12212 static void
12213 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12214 {
12215 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12216 struct bp_location *loc;
12217 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12218 int pspace_num;
12219
12220 address = bl->address;
12221 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12222
12223 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12224 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12225 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12226 side. */
12227 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12228 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12229 return;
12230
12231 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12232 the same program space as the location
12233 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12234 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12236 {
12237 loc = *loc2p;
12238
12239 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12240 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12241 continue;
12242
12243 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12244 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12245 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12246 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12247 that have already been marked. */
12248 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12249
12250 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12251 it later on. */
12252 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12253 {
12254 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12255 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12256 }
12257 }
12258 }
12259
12260 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12261 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12262 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12263 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12264 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12265 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12266 returns true on them.
12267
12268 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12269 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12270 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12271 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12272 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12273 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12274
12275 static void
12276 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12277 {
12278 struct breakpoint *b;
12279 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12280 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12281 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12282 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12283 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12284 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12285
12286 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12287 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12288 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12289 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12290 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12291 once. */
12292 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12293 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12294 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12295 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12296
12297 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12298 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12299 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12300 unsigned old_location_count;
12301
12302 old_location = bp_location;
12303 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12304 bp_location = NULL;
12305 bp_location_count = 0;
12306 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12307
12308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12309 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12310 bp_location_count++;
12311
12312 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12313 locp = bp_location;
12314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12315 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12316 *locp++ = loc;
12317 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12318 bp_location_compare);
12319
12320 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12321
12322 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12323 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12324 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12325 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12326 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12327 location.
12328
12329 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12330 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12331
12332 locp = bp_location;
12333 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12334 old_locp++)
12335 {
12336 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12337 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12338
12339 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12340 not, we have to free it. */
12341 int found_object = 0;
12342 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12343 int keep_in_target = 0;
12344 int removed = 0;
12345
12346 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12347 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12348 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12349 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12350 locp++;
12351
12352 for (loc2p = locp;
12353 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12354 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12355 loc2p++)
12356 {
12357 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12358 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12359 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12360 place there. */
12361 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12362 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12363 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12364 {
12365 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12366 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12367 }
12368
12369 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12370 found_object = 1;
12371 }
12372
12373 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12374 have to go through updates again. */
12375 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12376
12377 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12378 if (!found_object)
12379 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12380
12381 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12382 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12383 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12384 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12385 at certain location is not inserted. */
12386
12387 if (old_loc->inserted)
12388 {
12389 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12390 it. */
12391
12392 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12393 {
12394 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12395 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12396 keep_in_target = 1;
12397 }
12398 else
12399 {
12400 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12401 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12402 remove its target-side condition. */
12403
12404 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12405 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12406 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12407 this one from the target. */
12408
12409 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12410 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12411 {
12412 for (loc2p = locp;
12413 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12414 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12415 loc2p++)
12416 {
12417 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12418
12419 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12420 {
12421 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12422 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12423 supported, but the latter are. */
12424 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12425 {
12426 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12427 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12428 }
12429
12430 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12431 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12432 unduplicated. */
12433 if (loc2 != old_loc
12434 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12435 {
12436 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12437 keep_in_target = 1;
12438 break;
12439 }
12440 }
12441 }
12442 }
12443 }
12444
12445 if (!keep_in_target)
12446 {
12447 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12448 {
12449 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12450 this location on the global list, and try to
12451 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12452 reason why we will succeed next time.
12453
12454 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12455 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12456 only after calling us. */
12457 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12458 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12459 old_loc->owner->number);
12460 }
12461 removed = 1;
12462 }
12463 }
12464
12465 if (!found_object)
12466 {
12467 if (removed && non_stop
12468 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12469 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12470 {
12471 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12472 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12473 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12474 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12475 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12476 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12477 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12478 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12479 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12480 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12481 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12482 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12483 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12484 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12485 SIGTRAP.
12486
12487 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12488 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12489
12490 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12491 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12492 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12493 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12494 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12495 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12496 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12497 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12498 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12499 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12500 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12501 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12502 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12503 thread_count.
12504
12505 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12506 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12507 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12508 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12509
12510 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12511 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12512 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12513 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12514 traps we can no longer explain. */
12515
12516 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12517 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12518
12519 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12520 }
12521 else
12522 {
12523 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12524 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12525 }
12526 }
12527 }
12528
12529 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12530 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12531 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12532 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12533 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12534 are sorted first for the same address.
12535
12536 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12537 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12538
12539 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12540 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12541 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12542 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12544 {
12545 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12546 non-NULL. */
12547 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12548 b = loc->owner;
12549
12550 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12551 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12552 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12553 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12554 `struct bp_location'. */
12555 || is_tracepoint (b))
12556 {
12557 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12558 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12559 continue;
12560 }
12561
12562 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12563 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12564 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12565 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12566 "actually inserted"));
12567
12568 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12569 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12570 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12571 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12572 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12573 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12574 else
12575 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12576
12577 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12578 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12579 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12580 {
12581 *loc_first_p = loc;
12582 loc->duplicate = 0;
12583
12584 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12585 {
12586 loc->needs_update = 1;
12587 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12588 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12589 }
12590 continue;
12591 }
12592
12593
12594 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12595 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12596 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12597 if (loc->inserted)
12598 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12599 loc->duplicate = 1;
12600
12601 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12602 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12603
12604 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12605 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12606 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12607 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12608 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12609 }
12610
12611 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12612 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12613 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12614 {
12615 if (should_insert)
12616 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12617 else
12618 {
12619 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12620 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12621 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12622 "needs_update". */
12623 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12624 }
12625 }
12626
12627 if (should_insert)
12628 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12629
12630 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12631 }
12632
12633 void
12634 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12635 {
12636 struct bp_location *loc;
12637 int ix;
12638
12639 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12640 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12641 {
12642 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12643 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12644 --ix;
12645 }
12646 }
12647
12648 static void
12649 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12650 {
12651 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12652
12653 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12654 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12655 }
12656
12657 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12658
12659 static void
12660 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12661 {
12662 bpstat bs;
12663
12664 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12665 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12666 {
12667 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12668 bs->old_val = NULL;
12669 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12670 }
12671 }
12672
12673 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12674 static int
12675 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12676 {
12677 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12678
12679 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12680 return 0;
12681 }
12682
12683 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12684 callbacks. */
12685
12686 static void
12687 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12688 {
12689 struct value_print_options opts;
12690
12691 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12692
12693 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12694 single string. */
12695 if (b->loc == NULL)
12696 {
12697 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12698 }
12699 else
12700 {
12701 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12702 {
12703 printf_filtered (" at ");
12704 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12705 gdb_stdout);
12706 }
12707 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12708 {
12709 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12710 more nicely. */
12711 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12712 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12713 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12714 b->loc->line_number);
12715 else
12716 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12717 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12718 real situation somewhat. */
12719 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12720 }
12721
12722 if (b->loc->next)
12723 {
12724 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12725 int n = 0;
12726 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12727 ++n;
12728 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12729 }
12730 }
12731 }
12732
12733 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12734
12735 static void
12736 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12737 {
12738 xfree (self->cond);
12739 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12740 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12741 xfree (self->function_name);
12742
12743 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12744 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12745 }
12746
12747 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12748 {
12749 bp_location_dtor
12750 };
12751
12752 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12753 inherit from. */
12754
12755 static void
12756 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12757 {
12758 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12759 xfree (self->cond_string);
12760 xfree (self->extra_string);
12761 xfree (self->addr_string);
12762 xfree (self->filter);
12763 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12764 }
12765
12766 static struct bp_location *
12767 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12768 {
12769 struct bp_location *loc;
12770
12771 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12772 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12773 return loc;
12774 }
12775
12776 static void
12777 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12778 {
12779 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12780 }
12781
12782 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12783 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12784
12785 static int
12786 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12787 {
12788 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12789 }
12790
12791 static int
12792 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12793 {
12794 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12795 }
12796
12797 static int
12798 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12799 struct address_space *aspace,
12800 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12801 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12802 {
12803 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12804 }
12805
12806 static void
12807 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12808 {
12809 /* Always stop. */
12810 }
12811
12812 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12813 errors. */
12814
12815 static int
12816 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12817 {
12818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12819 }
12820
12821 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12822 errors. */
12823
12824 static int
12825 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12826 {
12827 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12828 }
12829
12830 static enum print_stop_action
12831 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12832 {
12833 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12834 }
12835
12836 static void
12837 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12838 struct ui_out *uiout)
12839 {
12840 /* nothing */
12841 }
12842
12843 static void
12844 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12845 {
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12847 }
12848
12849 static void
12850 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12851 {
12852 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12853 }
12854
12855 static void
12856 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12857 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12858 enum bptype type_wanted,
12859 char *addr_start,
12860 char **copy_arg)
12861 {
12862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12863 }
12864
12865 static void
12866 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12867 struct linespec_result *c,
12868 char *cond_string,
12869 char *extra_string,
12870 enum bptype type_wanted,
12871 enum bpdisp disposition,
12872 int thread,
12873 int task, int ignore_count,
12874 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12875 int from_tty, int enabled,
12876 int internal, unsigned flags)
12877 {
12878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12879 }
12880
12881 static void
12882 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12883 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12884 {
12885 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12886 }
12887
12888 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12889
12890 static int
12891 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12892 {
12893 return 1;
12894 }
12895
12896 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12897
12898 static void
12899 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12900 {
12901 /* Nothing to do. */
12902 }
12903
12904 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12905 {
12906 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12907 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12908 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12909 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12910 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12911 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12912 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12913 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12914 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12915 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12916 NULL,
12917 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12918 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12919 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12920 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12921 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12922 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12923 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12924 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12925 };
12926
12927 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12928
12929 static void
12930 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12931 {
12932 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12933 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12934 {
12935 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12936 delete_breakpoint (b);
12937 return;
12938 }
12939
12940 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12941 }
12942
12943 static int
12944 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12945 {
12946 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12947 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12948 &bl->target_info);
12949 else
12950 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12951 &bl->target_info);
12952 }
12953
12954 static int
12955 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12956 {
12957 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12958 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12959 else
12960 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12961 }
12962
12963 static int
12964 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12965 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12966 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12967 {
12968 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12969 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12970 return 0;
12971
12972 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12973 aspace, bp_addr))
12974 return 0;
12975
12976 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12977 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12978 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12979 return 0;
12980
12981 return 1;
12982 }
12983
12984 static int
12985 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12986 {
12987 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12988
12989 return 1;
12990 }
12991
12992 static enum print_stop_action
12993 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12994 {
12995 struct breakpoint *b;
12996 const struct bp_location *bl;
12997 int bp_temp;
12998 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12999
13000 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13001
13002 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13003 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13004
13005 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13006 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13007 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13008 bl->address,
13009 b->number, 1);
13010 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13011 if (bp_temp)
13012 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13013 else
13014 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13016 {
13017 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13019 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13020 }
13021 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13022 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13023
13024 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13025 }
13026
13027 static void
13028 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13029 {
13030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13031 return;
13032
13033 switch (b->type)
13034 {
13035 case bp_breakpoint:
13036 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13037 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13038 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13039 else
13040 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13041 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13042 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13043 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13044 break;
13045 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13046 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13047 break;
13048 case bp_dprintf:
13049 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13050 break;
13051 }
13052
13053 say_where (b);
13054 }
13055
13056 static void
13057 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13058 {
13059 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13060 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13061 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13062 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13063 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13064 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13066 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13067 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13068 else
13069 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13070 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13071
13072 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13073 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13074 }
13075
13076 static void
13077 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13078 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13079 enum bptype type_wanted,
13080 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13081 {
13082 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13083 addr_start, copy_arg);
13084 }
13085
13086 static void
13087 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13088 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13089 char *cond_string,
13090 char *extra_string,
13091 enum bptype type_wanted,
13092 enum bpdisp disposition,
13093 int thread,
13094 int task, int ignore_count,
13095 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13096 int from_tty, int enabled,
13097 int internal, unsigned flags)
13098 {
13099 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13100 cond_string, extra_string,
13101 type_wanted,
13102 disposition, thread, task,
13103 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13104 enabled, internal, flags);
13105 }
13106
13107 static void
13108 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13109 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13110 {
13111 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13112 }
13113
13114 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13115
13116 static void
13117 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13118 {
13119 switch (b->type)
13120 {
13121 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13122 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13123 case bp_overlay_event:
13124 case bp_longjmp_master:
13125 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13126 case bp_exception_master:
13127 delete_breakpoint (b);
13128 break;
13129
13130 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13131 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13132 case bp_shlib_event:
13133
13134 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13135 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13136 case bp_thread_event:
13137 break;
13138 }
13139 }
13140
13141 static void
13142 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13143 {
13144 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13145 {
13146 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13147 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13148 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13149 objects (among other things). */
13150 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13151 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13152 }
13153 else
13154 bs->stop = 0;
13155 }
13156
13157 static enum print_stop_action
13158 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13159 {
13160 struct breakpoint *b;
13161
13162 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13163
13164 switch (b->type)
13165 {
13166 case bp_shlib_event:
13167 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13168 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13169 to shlib event" message.) */
13170 print_solib_event (0);
13171 break;
13172
13173 case bp_thread_event:
13174 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13175 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13176 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13177 break;
13178
13179 case bp_overlay_event:
13180 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13181 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13182 break;
13183
13184 case bp_longjmp_master:
13185 /* These should never be enabled. */
13186 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13187 break;
13188
13189 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13190 /* These should never be enabled. */
13191 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13192 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13193 break;
13194
13195 case bp_exception_master:
13196 /* These should never be enabled. */
13197 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13198 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13199 break;
13200 }
13201
13202 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13203 }
13204
13205 static void
13206 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13207 {
13208 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13209 }
13210
13211 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13212
13213 static void
13214 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13215 {
13216 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13217 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13218 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13219 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13220 }
13221
13222 static void
13223 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13224 {
13225 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13226 }
13227
13228 static enum print_stop_action
13229 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13230 {
13231 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13232
13233 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13234 {
13235 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13236
13237 switch (b->type)
13238 {
13239 case bp_finish:
13240 ui_out_field_string
13241 (uiout, "reason",
13242 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13243 break;
13244
13245 case bp_until:
13246 ui_out_field_string
13247 (uiout, "reason",
13248 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13249 break;
13250 }
13251 }
13252
13253 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13254 }
13255
13256 static void
13257 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13258 {
13259 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13260 }
13261
13262 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13263
13264 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13265 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13266
13267 static void
13268 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13269 {
13270 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13271
13272 if (tp)
13273 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13274
13275 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13276 }
13277
13278 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13279
13280 static int
13281 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13282 {
13283 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13284
13285 if (v == 0)
13286 {
13287 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13288 if needed. */
13289 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13290 }
13291
13292 return v;
13293 }
13294
13295 static int
13296 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13297 {
13298 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13299 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13300
13301 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13302 }
13303
13304 static void
13305 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13306 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13307 enum bptype type_wanted,
13308 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13309 {
13310 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13311
13312 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13313
13314 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13315 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13316
13317 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13318 }
13319
13320 static void
13321 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13322 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13323 {
13324 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13325 if (!sals->sals)
13326 error (_("probe not found"));
13327 }
13328
13329 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13330
13331 static void
13332 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13333 {
13334 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13335 }
13336
13337 static int
13338 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13339 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13340 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13341 {
13342 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13343 tracepoints. */
13344 return 0;
13345 }
13346
13347 static void
13348 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13349 struct ui_out *uiout)
13350 {
13351 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13352 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13353 {
13354 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13355
13356 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13357 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13358 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13359 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13360 }
13361 }
13362
13363 static void
13364 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13365 {
13366 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13367 return;
13368
13369 switch (b->type)
13370 {
13371 case bp_tracepoint:
13372 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13373 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13374 break;
13375 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13376 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13377 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13378 break;
13379 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13380 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13381 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13382 break;
13383 default:
13384 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13385 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13386 }
13387
13388 say_where (b);
13389 }
13390
13391 static void
13392 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13393 {
13394 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13395
13396 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13398 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13400 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13402 else
13403 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13404 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13405
13406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13407 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13408
13409 if (tp->pass_count)
13410 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13411 }
13412
13413 static void
13414 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13415 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13416 enum bptype type_wanted,
13417 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13418 {
13419 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13420 addr_start, copy_arg);
13421 }
13422
13423 static void
13424 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13425 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13426 char *cond_string,
13427 char *extra_string,
13428 enum bptype type_wanted,
13429 enum bpdisp disposition,
13430 int thread,
13431 int task, int ignore_count,
13432 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13433 int from_tty, int enabled,
13434 int internal, unsigned flags)
13435 {
13436 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13437 cond_string, extra_string,
13438 type_wanted,
13439 disposition, thread, task,
13440 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13441 enabled, internal, flags);
13442 }
13443
13444 static void
13445 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13446 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13447 {
13448 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13449 }
13450
13451 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13452
13453 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13454 static probe. */
13455
13456 static void
13457 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13458 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13459 enum bptype type_wanted,
13460 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13461 {
13462 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13463 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13464 addr_start, copy_arg);
13465 }
13466
13467 static void
13468 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13469 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13470 {
13471 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13472 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13473 }
13474
13475 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13476
13477 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13478
13479 static void
13480 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13481 {
13482 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13483
13484 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13485 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13486 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13487 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13488 resolved. */
13489 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13490 error (_("Format string required"));
13491
13492 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13493 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13494 3 - disconnect from target 1
13495 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13496
13497 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13498 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13499 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13500 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13501 it all the time. */
13502 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13503 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13504 }
13505
13506 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13507
13508 static void
13509 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13510 {
13511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13512 tp->extra_string);
13513 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13514 }
13515
13516 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13517 dprintf.
13518
13519 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13520 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13521 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13522 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13523 address are all handled. */
13524
13525 static void
13526 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13527 {
13528 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13529 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13530 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13531
13532 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13533 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13534 condition not be evaluated. */
13535 bs->stop = 0;
13536
13537 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13538 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13539 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13540 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13541 commands here throws. */
13542 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13543 bs->commands = NULL;
13544 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13545
13546 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13547
13548 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13549 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13550 list. */
13551 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13552 }
13553
13554 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13555 markers (`-m'). */
13556
13557 static void
13558 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13559 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13560 enum bptype type_wanted,
13561 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13562 {
13563 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13564
13565 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13566
13567 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13568
13569 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13570 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13571 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13572 }
13573
13574 static void
13575 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13576 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13577 char *cond_string,
13578 char *extra_string,
13579 enum bptype type_wanted,
13580 enum bpdisp disposition,
13581 int thread,
13582 int task, int ignore_count,
13583 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13584 int from_tty, int enabled,
13585 int internal, unsigned flags)
13586 {
13587 int i;
13588 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13589 canonical->sals, 0);
13590
13591 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13592 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13593 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13594 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13595 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13596 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13597
13598 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13599 {
13600 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13601 struct tracepoint *tp;
13602 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13603 char *addr_string;
13604
13605 expanded.nelts = 1;
13606 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13607
13608 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13609 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13610
13611 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13612 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13613 addr_string, NULL,
13614 cond_string, extra_string,
13615 type_wanted, disposition,
13616 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13617 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13618 canonical->special_display);
13619 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13620 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13621 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13622 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13623 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13624 corresponds to this one */
13625 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13626
13627 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13628
13629 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13630 }
13631 }
13632
13633 static void
13634 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13635 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13636 {
13637 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13638
13639 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13640 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13641 {
13642 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13643 sals->nelts = 1;
13644 }
13645 else
13646 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13647 }
13648
13649 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13650
13651 static int
13652 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13653 {
13654 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13655 }
13656
13657 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13658 structures. */
13659
13660 void
13661 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13662 {
13663 struct breakpoint *b;
13664
13665 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13666
13667 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13668 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13669 especial culprits.
13670
13671 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13672 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13673 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13674 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13675 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13676 deleted.
13677
13678 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13679 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13680 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13681 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13682 was chosen. */
13683 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13684 return;
13685
13686 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13687 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13688 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13689 {
13690 struct breakpoint *related;
13691 struct watchpoint *w;
13692
13693 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13694 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13695 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13696 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13697 else
13698 w = NULL;
13699 if (w != NULL)
13700 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13701
13702 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13703 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13704 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13705 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13706 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13707 }
13708
13709 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13710 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13711 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13712 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13713 if (bpt->number)
13714 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13715
13716 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13717 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13718
13719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13720 if (b->next == bpt)
13721 {
13722 b->next = bpt->next;
13723 break;
13724 }
13725
13726 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13727 been freed. */
13728 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13729 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13730 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13731 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13732 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13733 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13734 commands won't work. */
13735
13736 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13737
13738 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13739 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13740 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13741 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13742 might be better design to have location completely
13743 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13744 update_global_location_list (0);
13745
13746 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13747 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13748 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13749 bpt->type = bp_none;
13750 xfree (bpt);
13751 }
13752
13753 static void
13754 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13755 {
13756 delete_breakpoint (b);
13757 }
13758
13759 struct cleanup *
13760 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13761 {
13762 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13763 }
13764
13765 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13766 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13767
13768 static void
13769 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13770 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13771 void *),
13772 void *data)
13773 {
13774 struct breakpoint *related;
13775
13776 related = b;
13777 do
13778 {
13779 struct breakpoint *next;
13780
13781 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13782 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13783
13784 if (next == related)
13785 {
13786 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13787 function (related, data);
13788
13789 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13790 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13791 out. */
13792 break;
13793 }
13794 else
13795 function (related, data);
13796
13797 related = next;
13798 }
13799 while (related != b);
13800 }
13801
13802 static void
13803 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13804 {
13805 delete_breakpoint (b);
13806 }
13807
13808 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13809 delete_breakpoint. */
13810
13811 static void
13812 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13813 {
13814 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13815 }
13816
13817 void
13818 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13819 {
13820 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13821
13822 dont_repeat ();
13823
13824 if (arg == 0)
13825 {
13826 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13827
13828 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13829 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13830 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13832 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13833 {
13834 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13835 break;
13836 }
13837
13838 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13839 if (!from_tty
13840 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13841 {
13842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13843 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13844 delete_breakpoint (b);
13845 }
13846 }
13847 else
13848 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13849 }
13850
13851 static int
13852 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13853 {
13854 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13855 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13856 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13857 return 0;
13858 return 1;
13859 }
13860
13861 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13862 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13863 Null names are ignored. */
13864
13865 static int
13866 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13867 {
13868 struct bp_location *l;
13869 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13870 (int (*) (const void *,
13871 const void *)) streq,
13872 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13873
13874 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13875 {
13876 const char **slot;
13877 const char *name = l->function_name;
13878
13879 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13880 if (name == NULL)
13881 continue;
13882
13883 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13884 INSERT);
13885 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13886 returns NULL. */
13887 if (*slot != NULL)
13888 {
13889 htab_delete (htab);
13890 return 1;
13891 }
13892 *slot = name;
13893 }
13894
13895 htab_delete (htab);
13896 return 0;
13897 }
13898
13899 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13900 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13901 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13902 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13903 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13904 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13905 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13906 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13907 The heuristic is:
13908
13909 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13910 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13911 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13912 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13913 in the sources, and output a warning.
13914
13915 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13916 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13917 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13918 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13919 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13920 warning.
13921
13922 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13923 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13924 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13925 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13926 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13927 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13928 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13929 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13930 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13931
13932 static struct symtab_and_line
13933 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13934 {
13935 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13936 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13937 CORE_ADDR pc;
13938
13939 pc = sal.pc;
13940 if (sal.line)
13941 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13942
13943 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13944 {
13945 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13946 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13947 b->number,
13948 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13949
13950 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13951 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13952 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13953
13954 return sal;
13955 }
13956
13957 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13958 by string ID. */
13959 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13960 && sal.line != 0
13961 && sal.symtab != NULL
13962 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13963 {
13964 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13965
13966 markers
13967 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13968
13969 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13970 {
13971 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13972 struct symbol *sym;
13973 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13974 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13975
13976 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13977
13978 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13979 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13980
13981 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13982 "found at previous line number"),
13983 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13984
13985 init_sal (&sal2);
13986
13987 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13988
13989 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13990 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13991 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13992 if (sym)
13993 {
13994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13995 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13996 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13997 }
13998 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13999 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14000 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14001
14002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14003 {
14004 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14005
14006 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14007 }
14008
14009 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14010 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14011
14012 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14013 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14014
14015 xfree (b->addr_string);
14016 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14017 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14018 b->loc->line_number);
14019
14020 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14021 so. */
14022
14023 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14024 }
14025 }
14026 return sal;
14027 }
14028
14029 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14030 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14031
14032 static int
14033 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14034 {
14035 while (a && b)
14036 {
14037 if (a->address != b->address)
14038 return 0;
14039
14040 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14041 return 0;
14042
14043 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14044 return 0;
14045
14046 a = a->next;
14047 b = b->next;
14048 }
14049
14050 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14051 return 0;
14052
14053 return 1;
14054 }
14055
14056 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14057 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14058 a ranged breakpoint. */
14059
14060 void
14061 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14062 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14063 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14064 {
14065 int i;
14066 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14067
14068 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14069 {
14070 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14071 location. */
14072 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14073 update_global_location_list (1);
14074 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14075 "multiple locations found\n"),
14076 b->number);
14077 return;
14078 }
14079
14080 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14081 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14082 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14083 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14084 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14085 individual locations. */
14086 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14087 return;
14088
14089 b->loc = NULL;
14090
14091 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14092 {
14093 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14094
14095 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14096
14097 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14098
14099 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14100 old symtab. */
14101 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14102 {
14103 const char *s;
14104 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14105
14106 s = b->cond_string;
14107 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14108 {
14109 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14110 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14111 0);
14112 }
14113 if (e.reason < 0)
14114 {
14115 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14116 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14117 b->number, e.message);
14118 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14119 }
14120 }
14121
14122 if (sals_end.nelts)
14123 {
14124 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14125
14126 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14127 }
14128 }
14129
14130 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14131 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14132 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14133
14134 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14135 breakpoints. */
14136 {
14137 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14138 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14139 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14140 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14141 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14142 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14143 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14144
14145 for (; e; e = e->next)
14146 {
14147 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14148 {
14149 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14150 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14151 {
14152 for (; l; l = l->next)
14153 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14154 {
14155 l->enabled = 0;
14156 break;
14157 }
14158 }
14159 else
14160 {
14161 for (; l; l = l->next)
14162 if (l->function_name
14163 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14164 {
14165 l->enabled = 0;
14166 break;
14167 }
14168 }
14169 }
14170 }
14171 }
14172
14173 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14175
14176 update_global_location_list (1);
14177 }
14178
14179 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14180 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14181
14182 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14183 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14184 {
14185 char *s;
14186 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14187 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14188
14189 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14190 s = addr_string;
14191
14192 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14193 {
14194 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14195 }
14196 if (e.reason < 0)
14197 {
14198 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14199 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14200 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14201 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14202 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14203 state, then user already saw the message about that
14204 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14205 errors. */
14206 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14207 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14208 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14209 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14210 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14211 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14212
14213 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14214 {
14215 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14216 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14217 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14218 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14219 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14220 which approach is better. */
14221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14222 throw_exception (e);
14223 }
14224 }
14225
14226 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14227 {
14228 int i;
14229
14230 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14231 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14232 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14233 {
14234 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14235 int thread, task;
14236
14237 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14238 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14239 &extra_string);
14240 if (cond_string)
14241 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14242 b->thread = thread;
14243 b->task = task;
14244 if (extra_string)
14245 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14246 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14247 }
14248
14249 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14250 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14251
14252 *found = 1;
14253 }
14254 else
14255 *found = 0;
14256
14257 return sals;
14258 }
14259
14260 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14261 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14262 locations. */
14263
14264 static void
14265 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14266 {
14267 int found;
14268 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14269 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14270 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14271
14272 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14273 if (found)
14274 {
14275 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14276 expanded = sals;
14277 }
14278
14279 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14280 {
14281 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14282 if (found)
14283 {
14284 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14285 expanded_end = sals_end;
14286 }
14287 }
14288
14289 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14290 }
14291
14292 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14293 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14294
14295 static void
14296 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14297 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14298 enum bptype type_wanted,
14299 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14300 {
14301 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14302 }
14303
14304 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14305 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14306 breakpoint_ops. */
14307
14308 static void
14309 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14310 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14311 char *cond_string,
14312 char *extra_string,
14313 enum bptype type_wanted,
14314 enum bpdisp disposition,
14315 int thread,
14316 int task, int ignore_count,
14317 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14318 int from_tty, int enabled,
14319 int internal, unsigned flags)
14320 {
14321 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14322 extra_string,
14323 type_wanted, disposition,
14324 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14325 enabled, internal, flags);
14326 }
14327
14328 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14329 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14330
14331 static void
14332 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14333 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14334 {
14335 struct linespec_result canonical;
14336
14337 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14338 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14339 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14340 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14341 b->filter);
14342
14343 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14344 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14345
14346 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14347 {
14348 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14349
14350 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14351 *sals = lsal->sals;
14352 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14353 contents. */
14354 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14355 }
14356
14357 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14358 }
14359
14360 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14361
14362 static struct cleanup *
14363 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14364 {
14365 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14366
14367 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14368 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14369 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14370 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14371 set_language (b->language);
14372
14373 return cleanups;
14374 }
14375
14376 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14377 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14378 Unused in this case. */
14379
14380 static int
14381 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14382 {
14383 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14384 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14385 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14386
14387 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14388 b->ops->re_set (b);
14389 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14390 return 0;
14391 }
14392
14393 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14394 void
14395 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14396 {
14397 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14398 enum language save_language;
14399 int save_input_radix;
14400 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14401
14402 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14403 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14404 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14405
14406 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14407 {
14408 /* Format possible error msg. */
14409 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14410 b->number);
14411 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14412 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14413 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14414 }
14415 set_language (save_language);
14416 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14417
14418 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14419
14420 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14421
14422 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14423 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14424 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14425 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14426 }
14427 \f
14428 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14429
14430 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14431 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14432 void
14433 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14434 {
14435 if (b->thread != -1)
14436 {
14437 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14438 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14439
14440 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14441 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14442 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14443 as well. */
14444 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14445 }
14446 }
14447
14448 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14449 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14450 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14451
14452 void
14453 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14454 {
14455 struct breakpoint *b;
14456
14457 if (count < 0)
14458 count = 0;
14459
14460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14461 if (b->number == bptnum)
14462 {
14463 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14464 {
14465 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14466 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14467 bptnum);
14468 return;
14469 }
14470
14471 b->ignore_count = count;
14472 if (from_tty)
14473 {
14474 if (count == 0)
14475 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14476 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14477 bptnum);
14478 else if (count == 1)
14479 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14480 bptnum);
14481 else
14482 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14483 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14484 count, bptnum);
14485 }
14486 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14487 return;
14488 }
14489
14490 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14491 }
14492
14493 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14494
14495 static void
14496 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14497 {
14498 char *p = args;
14499 int num;
14500
14501 if (p == 0)
14502 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14503
14504 num = get_number (&p);
14505 if (num == 0)
14506 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14507 if (*p == 0)
14508 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14509
14510 set_ignore_count (num,
14511 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14512 from_tty);
14513 if (from_tty)
14514 printf_filtered ("\n");
14515 }
14516 \f
14517 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14518 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14519
14520 static void
14521 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14522 void *),
14523 void *data)
14524 {
14525 int num;
14526 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14527 int match;
14528 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14529
14530 if (args == 0)
14531 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14532
14533 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14534
14535 while (!state.finished)
14536 {
14537 char *p = state.string;
14538
14539 match = 0;
14540
14541 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14542 if (num == 0)
14543 {
14544 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14545 }
14546 else
14547 {
14548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14549 if (b->number == num)
14550 {
14551 match = 1;
14552 function (b, data);
14553 break;
14554 }
14555 if (match == 0)
14556 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14557 }
14558 }
14559 }
14560
14561 static struct bp_location *
14562 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14563 {
14564 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14565 char *p1;
14566 int bp_num;
14567 int loc_num;
14568 struct breakpoint *b;
14569 struct bp_location *loc;
14570
14571 *dot = '\0';
14572
14573 p1 = number;
14574 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14575 if (bp_num == 0)
14576 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14577
14578 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14579 if (b->number == bp_num)
14580 {
14581 break;
14582 }
14583
14584 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14585 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14586
14587 p1 = dot+1;
14588 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14589 if (loc_num == 0)
14590 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14591
14592 --loc_num;
14593 loc = b->loc;
14594 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14595 ;
14596 if (!loc)
14597 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14598
14599 return loc;
14600 }
14601
14602
14603 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14604 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14605 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14606
14607 void
14608 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14609 {
14610 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14611 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14612 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14613 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14614 return;
14615
14616 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14617 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14618 return;
14619
14620 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14621
14622 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14623 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14624
14625 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14626 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14627 {
14628 struct bp_location *location;
14629
14630 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14631 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14632 }
14633
14634 update_global_location_list (0);
14635
14636 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14637 }
14638
14639 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14640
14641 static void
14642 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14643 {
14644 disable_breakpoint (b);
14645 }
14646
14647 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14648 disable_breakpoint. */
14649
14650 static void
14651 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14652 {
14653 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14654 }
14655
14656 static void
14657 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14658 {
14659 if (args == 0)
14660 {
14661 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14662
14663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14664 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14665 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14666 }
14667 else
14668 {
14669 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14670
14671 while (num)
14672 {
14673 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14674 {
14675 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14676
14677 if (loc)
14678 {
14679 if (loc->enabled)
14680 {
14681 loc->enabled = 0;
14682 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14683 }
14684 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14685 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14686 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14687 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14688 }
14689 update_global_location_list (0);
14690 }
14691 else
14692 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14693 num = extract_arg (&args);
14694 }
14695 }
14696 }
14697
14698 static void
14699 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14700 int count)
14701 {
14702 int target_resources_ok;
14703
14704 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14705 {
14706 int i;
14707 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14708 target_resources_ok =
14709 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14710 i + 1, 0);
14711 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14712 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14713 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14714 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14715 }
14716
14717 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14718 {
14719 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14720 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14721 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14722
14723 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14724 {
14725 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14726
14727 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14728 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14729 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14730 }
14731 if (e.reason < 0)
14732 {
14733 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14734 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14735 bpt->number);
14736 return;
14737 }
14738 }
14739
14740 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14741 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14742
14743 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14744
14745 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14746 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14747
14748 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14749 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14750 {
14751 struct bp_location *location;
14752
14753 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14754 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14755 }
14756
14757 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14758 bpt->enable_count = count;
14759 update_global_location_list (1);
14760
14761 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14762 }
14763
14764
14765 void
14766 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14767 {
14768 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14769 }
14770
14771 static void
14772 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14773 {
14774 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14775 }
14776
14777 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14778 enable_breakpoint. */
14779
14780 static void
14781 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14782 {
14783 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14784 }
14785
14786 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14787 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14788 in stopping the inferior. */
14789
14790 static void
14791 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14792 {
14793 if (args == 0)
14794 {
14795 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14796
14797 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14798 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14799 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14800 }
14801 else
14802 {
14803 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14804
14805 while (num)
14806 {
14807 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14808 {
14809 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14810
14811 if (loc)
14812 {
14813 if (!loc->enabled)
14814 {
14815 loc->enabled = 1;
14816 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14817 }
14818 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14819 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14820 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14821 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14822 }
14823 update_global_location_list (1);
14824 }
14825 else
14826 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14827 num = extract_arg (&args);
14828 }
14829 }
14830 }
14831
14832 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14833 breakpoints. */
14834
14835 struct disp_data
14836 {
14837 enum bpdisp disp;
14838 int count;
14839 };
14840
14841 static void
14842 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14843 {
14844 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14845
14846 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14847 }
14848
14849 static void
14850 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14851 {
14852 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14853
14854 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14855 }
14856
14857 static void
14858 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14859 {
14860 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14861 }
14862
14863 static void
14864 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14865 {
14866 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14867
14868 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14869 }
14870
14871 static void
14872 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14873 {
14874 int count = get_number (&args);
14875
14876 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14877 }
14878
14879 static void
14880 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14881 {
14882 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14883
14884 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14885 }
14886
14887 static void
14888 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14889 {
14890 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14891 }
14892 \f
14893 static void
14894 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14895 {
14896 }
14897
14898 static void
14899 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14900 {
14901 }
14902
14903 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14904 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14905 GDB itself. */
14906
14907 static void
14908 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14909 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14910 const bfd_byte *data)
14911 {
14912 struct breakpoint *bp;
14913
14914 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14915 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14916 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14917 {
14918 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14919
14920 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14921 {
14922 struct bp_location *loc;
14923
14924 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14925 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14926 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14927 && addr + len > loc->address)
14928 {
14929 value_free (wp->val);
14930 wp->val = NULL;
14931 wp->val_valid = 0;
14932 }
14933 }
14934 }
14935 }
14936
14937 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14938 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14939 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14940 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14941 someday. */
14942
14943 void *
14944 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14945 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14946 {
14947 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14948
14949 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14950
14951 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14952 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14953
14954 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14955 {
14956 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14957 xfree (bp_tgt);
14958 return NULL;
14959 }
14960
14961 return bp_tgt;
14962 }
14963
14964 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14965 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14966
14967 int
14968 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14969 {
14970 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14971 int ret;
14972
14973 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14974 xfree (bp_tgt);
14975
14976 return ret;
14977 }
14978
14979 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14980 stepping. */
14981
14982 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14983 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14984
14985 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14986
14987 void
14988 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14989 struct address_space *aspace,
14990 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14991 {
14992 void **bpt_p;
14993
14994 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14995 {
14996 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14997 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14998 }
14999 else
15000 {
15001 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15002 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15003 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15004 }
15005
15006 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15007 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15008 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15009 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15010 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15011 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15012
15013 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15014 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15015 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15016 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15017 }
15018
15019 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15020 were inserted or not. */
15021
15022 int
15023 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15024 {
15025 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15026 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15027 }
15028
15029 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15030
15031 void
15032 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15033 {
15034 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15035
15036 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15037 call. */
15038 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15039 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15040 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15041 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15042
15043 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15044 {
15045 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15046 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15047 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15048 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15049 }
15050 }
15051
15052 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15053 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15054 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15055 exec. */
15056
15057 void
15058 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15059 {
15060 int i;
15061
15062 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15063 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15064 {
15065 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15066 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15067 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15068 }
15069 }
15070
15071 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15072 removing them. */
15073
15074 static void
15075 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15076 {
15077 int i;
15078
15079 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15080 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15081 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15082 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15083 }
15084
15085 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15086 PC. */
15087
15088 static int
15089 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15090 CORE_ADDR pc)
15091 {
15092 int i;
15093
15094 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15095 {
15096 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15097 if (bp_tgt
15098 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15099 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15100 aspace, pc))
15101 return 1;
15102 }
15103
15104 return 0;
15105 }
15106
15107 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15108 non-zero otherwise. */
15109 static int
15110 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15111 {
15112 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15113 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15114 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15115 return 1;
15116 else
15117 return 0;
15118 }
15119
15120 int
15121 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15122 {
15123 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15124 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15125
15126 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15127 }
15128
15129 int
15130 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15131 {
15132 struct breakpoint *bp;
15133
15134 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15135 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15136 {
15137 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15138
15139 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15140 {
15141 int i, iter;
15142 for (i = 0;
15143 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15144 i++)
15145 if (syscall_number == iter)
15146 return 1;
15147 }
15148 else
15149 return 1;
15150 }
15151
15152 return 0;
15153 }
15154
15155 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15156 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15157 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15158 const char *text, const char *word)
15159 {
15160 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15161 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15162 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15163
15164 xfree (list);
15165 return retlist;
15166 }
15167
15168 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15169
15170 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15171 static void
15172 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15173 {
15174 tracepoint_count = num;
15175 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15176 }
15177
15178 static void
15179 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15180 {
15181 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15182 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15183
15184 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15185 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15186 else
15187 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15188
15189 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15190 arg,
15191 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15192 0 /* tempflag */,
15193 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15194 0 /* Ignore count */,
15195 pending_break_support,
15196 ops,
15197 from_tty,
15198 1 /* enabled */,
15199 0 /* internal */, 0);
15200 }
15201
15202 static void
15203 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15204 {
15205 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15206 arg,
15207 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15208 0 /* tempflag */,
15209 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15210 0 /* Ignore count */,
15211 pending_break_support,
15212 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15213 from_tty,
15214 1 /* enabled */,
15215 0 /* internal */, 0);
15216 }
15217
15218 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15219
15220 static void
15221 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15222 {
15223 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15224
15225 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15226 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15227 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15228 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15229 else
15230 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15231
15232 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15233 arg,
15234 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15235 0 /* tempflag */,
15236 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15237 0 /* Ignore count */,
15238 pending_break_support,
15239 ops,
15240 from_tty,
15241 1 /* enabled */,
15242 0 /* internal */, 0);
15243 }
15244
15245 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15246 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15247
15248 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15249 static int next_cmd;
15250
15251 static char *
15252 read_uploaded_action (void)
15253 {
15254 char *rslt;
15255
15256 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15257
15258 next_cmd++;
15259
15260 return rslt;
15261 }
15262
15263 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15264 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15265 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15266 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15267 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15268
15269 struct tracepoint *
15270 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15271 {
15272 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15273 struct tracepoint *tp;
15274
15275 if (utp->at_string)
15276 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15277 else
15278 {
15279 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15280 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15281 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15282 user. */
15283 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15284 "source location, using raw address"),
15285 utp->number);
15286 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15287 addr_str = small_buf;
15288 }
15289
15290 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15291 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15292 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15293 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15294 utp->number);
15295
15296 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15297 addr_str,
15298 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15299 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15300 0 /* tempflag */,
15301 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15302 0 /* Ignore count */,
15303 pending_break_support,
15304 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15305 0 /* from_tty */,
15306 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15307 0 /* internal */,
15308 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15309 return NULL;
15310
15311 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15312 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15313 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15314
15315 if (utp->pass > 0)
15316 {
15317 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15318 tp->base.number);
15319
15320 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15321 }
15322
15323 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15324 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15325 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15326 function. */
15327 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15328 {
15329 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15330
15331 this_utp = utp;
15332 next_cmd = 0;
15333
15334 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15335
15336 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15337 }
15338 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15339 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15340 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15341 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15342 utp->number);
15343
15344 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15345 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15346 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15347
15348 return tp;
15349 }
15350
15351 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15352 omitted. */
15353
15354 static void
15355 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15356 {
15357 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15358 int num_printed;
15359
15360 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15361
15362 if (num_printed == 0)
15363 {
15364 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15365 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15366 else
15367 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15368 }
15369
15370 default_collect_info ();
15371 }
15372
15373 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15374 Not supported by all targets. */
15375 static void
15376 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15377 {
15378 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15379 }
15380
15381 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15382 Not supported by all targets. */
15383 static void
15384 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15385 {
15386 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15387 }
15388
15389 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15390 static void
15391 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15392 {
15393 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15394
15395 dont_repeat ();
15396
15397 if (arg == 0)
15398 {
15399 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15400
15401 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15402 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15403 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15404 argument. */
15405 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15406 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15407 {
15408 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15409 break;
15410 }
15411
15412 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15413 if (!from_tty
15414 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15415 {
15416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15417 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15418 delete_breakpoint (b);
15419 }
15420 }
15421 else
15422 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15423 }
15424
15425 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15426
15427 static void
15428 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15429 {
15430 tp->pass_count = count;
15431 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15432 if (from_tty)
15433 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15434 tp->base.number, count);
15435 }
15436
15437 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15438
15439 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15440 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15441 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15442
15443 static void
15444 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15445 {
15446 struct tracepoint *t1;
15447 unsigned int count;
15448
15449 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15450 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15451 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15452
15453 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15454
15455 args = skip_spaces (args);
15456 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15457 {
15458 struct breakpoint *b;
15459
15460 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15461 if (*args)
15462 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15463
15464 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15465 {
15466 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15467 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15468 }
15469 }
15470 else if (*args == '\0')
15471 {
15472 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15473 if (t1)
15474 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15475 }
15476 else
15477 {
15478 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15479
15480 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15481 while (!state.finished)
15482 {
15483 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15484 if (t1)
15485 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15486 }
15487 }
15488 }
15489
15490 struct tracepoint *
15491 get_tracepoint (int num)
15492 {
15493 struct breakpoint *t;
15494
15495 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15496 if (t->number == num)
15497 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15498
15499 return NULL;
15500 }
15501
15502 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15503 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15504 reconnecting). */
15505
15506 struct tracepoint *
15507 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15508 {
15509 struct breakpoint *b;
15510
15511 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15512 {
15513 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15514
15515 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15516 return t;
15517 }
15518
15519 return NULL;
15520 }
15521
15522 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15523 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15524 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15525 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15526 struct tracepoint *
15527 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15528 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15529 int optional_p)
15530 {
15531 struct breakpoint *t;
15532 int tpnum;
15533 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15534
15535 if (state)
15536 {
15537 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15538 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15539 }
15540 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15541 {
15542 if (optional_p)
15543 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15544 else
15545 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15546 }
15547 else
15548 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15549
15550 if (tpnum <= 0)
15551 {
15552 if (instring && *instring)
15553 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15554 instring);
15555 else
15556 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15557 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15558 return NULL;
15559 }
15560
15561 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15562 if (t->number == tpnum)
15563 {
15564 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15565 }
15566
15567 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15568 return NULL;
15569 }
15570
15571 void
15572 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15573 {
15574 if (b->thread != -1)
15575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15576
15577 if (b->task != 0)
15578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15579
15580 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15581 }
15582
15583 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15584 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15585 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15586 non-zero. */
15587
15588 static void
15589 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15590 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15591 {
15592 struct breakpoint *tp;
15593 int any = 0;
15594 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15595 struct ui_file *fp;
15596 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15597
15598 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15599 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15600
15601 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15603 {
15604 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15605 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15606 continue;
15607
15608 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15609 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15610 continue;
15611
15612 any = 1;
15613
15614 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15615 {
15616 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15617
15618 /* We can stop searching. */
15619 break;
15620 }
15621 }
15622
15623 if (!any)
15624 {
15625 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15626 return;
15627 }
15628
15629 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15630 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15631 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15632 if (!fp)
15633 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15634 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15635 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15636
15637 if (extra_trace_bits)
15638 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15639
15640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15641 {
15642 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15643 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15644 continue;
15645
15646 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15647 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15648 continue;
15649
15650 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15651
15652 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15653 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15654 instead. */
15655
15656 if (tp->cond_string)
15657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15658
15659 if (tp->ignore_count)
15660 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15661
15662 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15663 {
15664 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15665
15666 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15667
15668 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15669 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15670 {
15671 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15672 }
15673 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15674
15675 if (ex.reason < 0)
15676 throw_exception (ex);
15677
15678 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15679 }
15680
15681 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15683
15684 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15685 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15686 special, and not user visible. */
15687 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15688 {
15689 struct bp_location *loc;
15690 int n = 1;
15691
15692 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15693 if (!loc->enabled)
15694 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15695 }
15696 }
15697
15698 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15699 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15700
15701 if (from_tty)
15702 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15703 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15704 }
15705
15706 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15707
15708 static void
15709 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15710 {
15711 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15712 }
15713
15714 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15715
15716 static void
15717 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15718 {
15719 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15720 }
15721
15722 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15723
15724 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15725 all_tracepoints (void)
15726 {
15727 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15728 struct breakpoint *tp;
15729
15730 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15731 {
15732 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15733 }
15734
15735 return tp_vec;
15736 }
15737
15738 \f
15739 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15740 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15741 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15742 command. */
15743 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15744 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15745 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15746 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15747 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15748 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15749 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15750 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15751 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15752 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15753 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15754 \n\
15755 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15756 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15757 \n\
15758 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15759 conditions are different.\n\
15760 \n\
15761 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15762
15763 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15764 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15765
15766 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15767 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15768
15769 void
15770 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15771 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15772 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15773 completer_ftype *completer,
15774 void *user_data_catch,
15775 void *user_data_tcatch)
15776 {
15777 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15778
15779 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15780 &catch_cmdlist);
15781 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15782 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15783 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15784
15785 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15786 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15787 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15788 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15789 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15790 }
15791
15792 static void
15793 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15794 {
15795 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15796 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15797
15798 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15799 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15800 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15801 }
15802
15803 static void
15804 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15805 {
15806 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15807 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15808 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15809 }
15810
15811 struct breakpoint *
15812 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15813 void *data)
15814 {
15815 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15816
15817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15818 {
15819 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15820 return b;
15821 }
15822
15823 return NULL;
15824 }
15825
15826 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15827 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15828
15829 static int
15830 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15831 {
15832 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15833 non-inline function. */
15834 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15835 return 1;
15836
15837 return 0;
15838 }
15839
15840 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15841 have been inlined. */
15842
15843 int
15844 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15845 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15846 {
15847 struct breakpoint *b;
15848 struct bp_location *bl;
15849
15850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15851 {
15852 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15853 continue;
15854
15855 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15856 {
15857 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15858 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15859 return 1;
15860 }
15861 }
15862
15863 return 0;
15864 }
15865
15866 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15867
15868 void
15869 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15870 {
15871 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15872
15873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15874 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15875 loc->symtab = NULL;
15876 }
15877
15878 void
15879 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15880 {
15881 static int initialized = 0;
15882
15883 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15884
15885 if (initialized)
15886 return;
15887 initialized = 1;
15888
15889 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15890 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15891 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15892 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15893 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15894 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15895 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15896 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15897 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15898 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15899 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15900 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15901
15902 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15903 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15904 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15905 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15906 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15907 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15908 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15909 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15910
15911 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15912 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15913 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15914 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15915 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15916 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15917 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15918 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15919 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15920 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15921
15922 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15923 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15924 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15925 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15926 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15927 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15928 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15929
15930 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15931 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15932 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15933 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15934 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15935 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15936 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15937
15938 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15939 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15940 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15941 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15942
15943 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15944 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15945 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15946 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15947 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15948 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15949 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15950
15951 /* Watchpoints. */
15952 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15953 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15954 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15955 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15956 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15957 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15958 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15959 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15960 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15961 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15962 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15963 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15964 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15965 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15966
15967 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15968 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15969 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15970 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15971 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15972 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15973 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15974 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15975 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15976 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15977 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15978
15979 /* Tracepoints. */
15980 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15981 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15982 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15983 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15984 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15985 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15986 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15987 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15988 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15989 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15990
15991 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15992 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15993 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15994 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15995 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15996
15997 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15998 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15999 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16000 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16001 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16002 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16003
16004 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16005 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16006 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16007 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16008 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16009 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16010 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16011 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16012 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16013 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16014
16015 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16016 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16017 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16018 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16019 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16020 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16021 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16022 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16023 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16024 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16025
16026 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16027 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16028 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16029 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16030 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16031 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16032 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16033 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16034 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16035 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16036 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16037
16038 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16039 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16040 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16041 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16042 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16043 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16044 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16045 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16046 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16047 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16048 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16049
16050 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16051 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16052 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16053 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16054 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16055 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16056 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16057 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16058 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16059 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16060 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16061 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16062
16063 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16064 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16065 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16066 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16067 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16068 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16069 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16070 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16071 }
16072
16073 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16074
16075 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16076
16077 void
16078 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16079 {
16080 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16081
16082 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16083
16084 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16085 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16086 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16087 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16088
16089 breakpoint_objfile_key
16090 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16091
16092 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16093 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16094 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16095
16096 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16097 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16098 before a breakpoint is set. */
16099 breakpoint_count = 0;
16100
16101 tracepoint_count = 0;
16102
16103 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16104 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16105 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16106 if (xdb_commands)
16107 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16108
16109 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16110 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16111 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16112 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16113 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16114 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16115 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16116 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16117
16118 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16119 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16120 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16121 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16122 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16123
16124 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16125 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16126 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16127 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16128 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16129 \n"
16130 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16131 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16132
16133 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16134 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16135 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16136 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16137 \n"
16138 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16139 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16140
16141 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16142 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16143 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16144 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16145 \n"
16146 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16147 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16148
16149 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16150 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16151 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16152 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16153 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16154 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16155 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16156 if (xdb_commands)
16157 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16158 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16159 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16160 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16161 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16162 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16163
16164 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16165
16166 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16167 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16168 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16169 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16170 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16171 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16172
16173 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16174 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16175 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16176 &enablebreaklist);
16177
16178 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16179 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16180 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16181 &enablebreaklist);
16182
16183 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16184 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16185 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16186 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16187 &enablebreaklist);
16188
16189 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16190 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16191 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16192 &enablelist);
16193
16194 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16195 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16196 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16197 &enablelist);
16198
16199 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16200 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16201 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16202 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16203 &enablelist);
16204
16205 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16206 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16207 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16208 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16209 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16210 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16211 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16212 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16213 if (xdb_commands)
16214 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16215 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16216 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16217 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16218 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16219
16220 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16221 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16222 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16223 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16224 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16225 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16226 &disablelist);
16227
16228 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16229 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16230 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16231 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16232 \n\
16233 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16234 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16235 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16236 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16237 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16238 if (xdb_commands)
16239 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16240 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16241 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16242 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16243
16244 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16245 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16246 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16247 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16248 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16249 &deletelist);
16250
16251 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16252 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16253 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16254 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16255 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16256 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16257 \n\
16258 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16259 is executing in.\n\
16260 \n\
16261 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16262 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16263
16264 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16265 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16266 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16267 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16268
16269 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16270 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16271 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16272 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16273
16274 if (xdb_commands)
16275 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16276
16277 if (dbx_commands)
16278 {
16279 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16280 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16281 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16282 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16283 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16284 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16285 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16286 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16287 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16288 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16289 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16290 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16291 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16292 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16293 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16294 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16295 \n\
16296 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16297 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16298 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16299 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16300 breakpoint set."));
16301 }
16302
16303 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16304 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16305 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16306 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16307 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16308 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16309 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16310 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16311 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16312 \n\
16313 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16314 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16315 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16316 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16317 breakpoint set."));
16318
16319 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16320
16321 if (xdb_commands)
16322 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16323 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16324 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16325 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16326 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16327 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16328 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16329 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16330 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16331 \n\
16332 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16333 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16334 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16336 breakpoint set."));
16337
16338 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16339 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16340 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16341 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16342 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16343 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16344 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16345 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16346 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16347 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16348 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16349 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16350 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16351 \n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16353 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16354 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16355 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16356 breakpoint set."),
16357 &maintenanceinfolist);
16358
16359 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16360 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16361 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16362 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16363
16364 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16365 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16366 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16367 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16368
16369 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16370 catch_fork_command_1,
16371 NULL,
16372 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16373 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16374 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16375 catch_fork_command_1,
16376 NULL,
16377 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16378 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16379 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16380 catch_exec_command_1,
16381 NULL,
16382 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16383 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16384 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16385 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16386 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16387 catch_load_command_1,
16388 NULL,
16389 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16390 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16391 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16392 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16393 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16394 catch_unload_command_1,
16395 NULL,
16396 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16397 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16398 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16399 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16400 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16401 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16402 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16403 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16404 catch_syscall_command_1,
16405 catch_syscall_completer,
16406 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16407 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16408
16409 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16410 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16411 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16412 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16413 an expression changes.\n\
16414 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16415 the memory to which it refers."));
16416 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16417
16418 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16419 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16420 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16421 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16422 an expression is read.\n\
16423 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16424 the memory to which it refers."));
16425 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16426
16427 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16428 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16429 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16430 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16431 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16432 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16433 the memory to which it refers."));
16434 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16435
16436 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16437 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16438
16439 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16440 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16441 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16442 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16443 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16444 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16445 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16446 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16447 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16448 hardware.)"),
16449 NULL,
16450 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16451 &setlist, &showlist);
16452
16453 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16454
16455 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16456
16457 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16458 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16459 \n"
16460 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16461 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16462 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16463
16464 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16465 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16467 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16468
16469 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16470 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16471 \n"
16472 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16473 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16474 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16475
16476 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16477 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16478 \n\
16479 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16480 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16481 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16482 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16483 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16484 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16485 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16486 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16487 the selected stack frame.\n\
16488 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16489 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16490 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16491 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16492 \n\
16493 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16494 \n\
16495 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16496 conditions are different.\n\
16497 \n\
16498 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16499 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16500 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16501
16502 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16503 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16504 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16505 last tracepoint set."));
16506
16507 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16508
16509 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16510 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16511 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16512 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16513 &deletelist);
16514 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16515
16516 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16517 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16518 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16519 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16520 &disablelist);
16521 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16522
16523 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16524 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16525 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16526 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16527 &enablelist);
16528 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16529
16530 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16531 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16532 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16533 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16534 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16535
16536 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16537 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16538 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16539 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16540
16541 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16542 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16543 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16544 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16545 session to restore them."),
16546 &save_cmdlist);
16547 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16548
16549 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16550 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16551 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16552 &save_cmdlist);
16553 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16554
16555 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16556 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16557
16558 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16559 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16560 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16561 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16562 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16563 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16564 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16565 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16566 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16567 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16568 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16569 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16570
16571 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16572 &pending_break_support, _("\
16573 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16574 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16575 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16576 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16577 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16578 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16579 NULL,
16580 show_pending_break_support,
16581 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16582 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16583
16584 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16585
16586 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16587 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16588 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16589 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16590 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16591 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16592 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16593 NULL,
16594 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16595 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16596 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16597
16598 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16599 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16600 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16601 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16602 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16603 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16604 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16605 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16606 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16607 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16608 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16609 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16610 NULL,
16611 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16612 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16613 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16614
16615 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16616 condition_evaluation_enums,
16617 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16618 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16619 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16620 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16621 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16622 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16623 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16624 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16625 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16626 be set to \"gdb\""),
16627 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16628 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16629 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16630 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16631
16632 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16633 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16634 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16635 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16636 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16637 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16638 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16639 or the start of the range\n\
16640 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16641 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16642 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16643 \n\
16644 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16645 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16646 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16647
16648 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16649 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16650 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16651 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16652 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16653 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16654 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16655
16656 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16657 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16658 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16659 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16660 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16661 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16662 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16663 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16664 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16665 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16666 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16667 &setlist, &showlist);
16668
16669 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16670 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16671 &dprintf_function, _("\
16672 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16673 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16674 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16675 &setlist, &showlist);
16676
16677 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16678 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16679 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16680 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16681 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16682 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16683 &setlist, &showlist);
16684
16685 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16686 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16687 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16688 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16689 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16690 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16691 NULL,
16692 NULL,
16693 &setlist, &showlist);
16694
16695 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16696 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16697 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16698
16699 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16700
16701 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16702 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16703 }
This page took 0.522923 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.